blob: 2f653b53202f1552f918056f64dfbd8501e62137 [file] [log] [blame]
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +00001//===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner5b12ab82007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements semantic analysis for expressions.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "Sema.h"
Chris Lattnercb6a3822006-11-10 06:20:45 +000015#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Daniel Dunbar6e8aa532008-08-11 05:35:13 +000016#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +000017#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Chris Lattneraa9c7ae2008-04-08 04:40:51 +000018#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Steve Naroff021ca182008-05-29 21:12:08 +000019#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +000020#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +000021#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +000022#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +000023#include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h"
24#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +000025#include "clang/Parse/DeclSpec.h"
Chris Lattner07d754a2008-10-26 23:43:26 +000026#include "clang/Parse/Designator.h"
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +000027#include "clang/Parse/Scope.h"
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +000028using namespace clang;
29
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +000030
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000031/// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, and
32/// emit any corresponding diagnostics.
33///
34/// This routine diagnoses various problems with referencing
35/// declarations that can occur when using a declaration. For example,
36/// it might warn if a deprecated or unavailable declaration is being
37/// used, or produce an error (and return true) if a C++0x deleted
38/// function is being used.
39///
40/// \returns true if there was an error (this declaration cannot be
41/// referenced), false otherwise.
42bool Sema::DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000043 // See if the decl is deprecated.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000044 if (D->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>()) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000045 // Implementing deprecated stuff requires referencing deprecated
46 // stuff. Don't warn if we are implementing a deprecated
47 // construct.
Chris Lattner46d6b132009-02-16 19:35:30 +000048 bool isSilenced = false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000049
Chris Lattner46d6b132009-02-16 19:35:30 +000050 if (NamedDecl *ND = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl()) {
51 // If this reference happens *in* a deprecated function or method, don't
52 // warn.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000053 isSilenced = ND->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000054
Chris Lattner46d6b132009-02-16 19:35:30 +000055 // If this is an Objective-C method implementation, check to see if the
56 // method was deprecated on the declaration, not the definition.
57 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(ND)) {
58 // The semantic decl context of a ObjCMethodDecl is the
59 // ObjCImplementationDecl.
60 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *Impl
61 = dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(MD->getParent())) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000062
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +000063 MD = Impl->getClassInterface()->getMethod(MD->getSelector(),
Chris Lattner46d6b132009-02-16 19:35:30 +000064 MD->isInstanceMethod());
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000065 isSilenced |= MD && MD->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>();
Chris Lattner46d6b132009-02-16 19:35:30 +000066 }
67 }
68 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000069
Chris Lattner46d6b132009-02-16 19:35:30 +000070 if (!isSilenced)
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000071 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_deprecated) << D->getDeclName();
72 }
73
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000074 // See if this is a deleted function.
Douglas Gregorde681d42009-02-24 04:26:15 +000075 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000076 if (FD->isDeleted()) {
77 Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
78 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << true;
79 return true;
80 }
Douglas Gregorde681d42009-02-24 04:26:15 +000081 }
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000082
83 // See if the decl is unavailable
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000084 if (D->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000085 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_unavailable) << D->getDeclName();
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000086 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << 0;
87 }
88
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000089 return false;
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000090}
91
Fariborz Jahanian027b8862009-05-13 18:09:35 +000092/// DiagnoseSentinelCalls - This routine checks on method dispatch calls
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000093/// (and other functions in future), which have been declared with sentinel
Fariborz Jahanian027b8862009-05-13 18:09:35 +000094/// attribute. It warns if call does not have the sentinel argument.
95///
96void Sema::DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000097 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000098 const SentinelAttr *attr = D->getAttr<SentinelAttr>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000099 if (!attr)
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000100 return;
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000101 int sentinelPos = attr->getSentinel();
102 int nullPos = attr->getNullPos();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000103
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000104 // FIXME. ObjCMethodDecl and FunctionDecl need be derived from the same common
105 // base class. Then we won't be needing two versions of the same code.
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000106 unsigned int i = 0;
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000107 bool warnNotEnoughArgs = false;
108 int isMethod = 0;
109 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
110 // skip over named parameters.
111 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = MD->param_end();
112 for (P = MD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
113 if (nullPos)
114 --nullPos;
115 else
116 ++i;
117 }
118 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
119 isMethod = 1;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000120 } else if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000121 // skip over named parameters.
122 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = FD->param_end();
123 for (P = FD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
124 if (nullPos)
125 --nullPos;
126 else
127 ++i;
128 }
129 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000130 } else if (VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000131 // block or function pointer call.
132 QualType Ty = V->getType();
133 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isFunctionPointerType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000134 const FunctionType *FT = Ty->isFunctionPointerType()
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000135 ? Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>()
136 : Ty->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000137 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)) {
138 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
139 unsigned k;
140 for (k = 0; (k != NumArgsInProto && i < NumArgs); k++) {
141 if (nullPos)
142 --nullPos;
143 else
144 ++i;
145 }
146 warnNotEnoughArgs = (k != NumArgsInProto || i >= NumArgs);
147 }
148 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType())
149 isMethod = 2;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000150 } else
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000151 return;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000152 } else
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000153 return;
154
155 if (warnNotEnoughArgs) {
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000156 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000157 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000158 return;
159 }
160 int sentinel = i;
161 while (sentinelPos > 0 && i < NumArgs-1) {
162 --sentinelPos;
163 ++i;
164 }
165 if (sentinelPos > 0) {
166 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000167 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000168 return;
169 }
170 while (i < NumArgs-1) {
171 ++i;
172 ++sentinel;
173 }
174 Expr *sentinelExpr = Args[sentinel];
175 if (sentinelExpr && (!sentinelExpr->getType()->isPointerType() ||
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +0000176 !sentinelExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
177 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull))) {
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000178 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_missing_sentinel) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000179 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000180 }
181 return;
Fariborz Jahanian027b8862009-05-13 18:09:35 +0000182}
183
Douglas Gregor87f95b02009-02-26 21:00:50 +0000184SourceRange Sema::getExprRange(ExprTy *E) const {
185 Expr *Ex = (Expr *)E;
186 return Ex? Ex->getSourceRange() : SourceRange();
187}
188
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000189//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
190// Standard Promotions and Conversions
191//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
192
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000193/// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4).
194void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *&E) {
195 QualType Ty = E->getType();
196 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type");
197
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000198 if (Ty->isFunctionType())
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000199 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty),
Anders Carlsson6904f642009-09-01 20:37:18 +0000200 CastExpr::CK_FunctionToPointerDecay);
Chris Lattner61f60a02008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000201 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
202 // In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is
203 // an lvalue. The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has
204 // type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer
205 // to type'...". In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression
206 // that has type 'array of type' ...". The relevant change is "an lvalue"
207 // (C90) to "an expression" (C99).
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9321c742008-09-11 04:25:59 +0000208 //
209 // C++ 4.2p1:
210 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of
211 // T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T".
212 //
213 if (getLangOptions().C99 || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ||
214 E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid)
Anders Carlsson8fc489d2009-08-07 23:48:20 +0000215 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty),
216 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Chris Lattner61f60a02008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000217 }
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000218}
219
220/// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000221/// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000222/// sometimes surpressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't
223/// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators.
224/// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called.
225Expr *Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *&Expr) {
226 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
227 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000228
Douglas Gregor8d9c5092009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000229 // C99 6.3.1.1p2:
230 //
231 // The following may be used in an expression wherever an int or
232 // unsigned int may be used:
233 // - an object or expression with an integer type whose integer
234 // conversion rank is less than or equal to the rank of int
235 // and unsigned int.
236 // - A bit-field of type _Bool, int, signed int, or unsigned int.
237 //
238 // If an int can represent all values of the original type, the
239 // value is converted to an int; otherwise, it is converted to an
240 // unsigned int. These are called the integer promotions. All
241 // other types are unchanged by the integer promotions.
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000242 QualType PTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(Expr);
243 if (!PTy.isNull()) {
244 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, PTy);
245 return Expr;
246 }
Douglas Gregor8d9c5092009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000247 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +0000248 QualType PT = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(Ty);
249 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, PT);
Douglas Gregor8d9c5092009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000250 return Expr;
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000251 }
252
Douglas Gregor8d9c5092009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000253 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr);
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000254 return Expr;
255}
256
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000257/// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000258/// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float are promoted to
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000259/// double. All other argument types are converted by UsualUnaryConversions().
260void Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr) {
261 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
262 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000263
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000264 // If this is a 'float' (CVR qualified or typedef) promote to double.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000265 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>())
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000266 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float)
267 return ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.DoubleTy);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000268
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000269 UsualUnaryConversions(Expr);
270}
271
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000272/// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
273/// will warn if the resulting type is not a POD type, and rejects ObjC
274/// interfaces passed by value. This returns true if the argument type is
275/// completely illegal.
276bool Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr, VariadicCallType CT) {
Anders Carlssona7d069d2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000277 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000278
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000279 if (Expr->getType()->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
280 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(),
281 diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg)
282 << Expr->getType() << CT;
283 return true;
Anders Carlssona7d069d2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000284 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000285
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000286 if (!Expr->getType()->isPODType())
287 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(), diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg)
288 << Expr->getType() << CT;
289
290 return false;
Anders Carlssona7d069d2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000291}
292
293
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000294/// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to
295/// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000296/// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000297/// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
298/// FIXME: verify the conversion rules for "complex int" are consistent with
299/// GCC.
300QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(Expr *&lhsExpr, Expr *&rhsExpr,
301 bool isCompAssign) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000302 if (!isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000303 UsualUnaryConversions(lhsExpr);
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000304
305 UsualUnaryConversions(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000306
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000307 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000308 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000309 QualType lhs =
310 Context.getCanonicalType(lhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000311 QualType rhs =
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000312 Context.getCanonicalType(rhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000313
314 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
315 if (lhs == rhs)
316 return lhs;
317
318 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
319 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
320 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
321 return lhs;
322
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000323 // Perform bitfield promotions.
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000324 QualType LHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lhsExpr);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000325 if (!LHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
326 lhs = LHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000327 QualType RHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000328 if (!RHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
329 rhs = RHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
330
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +0000331 QualType destType = Context.UsualArithmeticConversionsType(lhs, rhs);
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000332 if (!isCompAssign)
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000333 ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr, destType);
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000334 ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr, destType);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000335 return destType;
336}
337
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000338//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
339// Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types
340//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
341
342
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000343/// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000344/// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). The result string has to handle string
345/// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from
346/// multiple tokens. However, the common case is that StringToks points to one
347/// string.
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000348///
349Action::OwningExprResult
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000350Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks) {
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000351 assert(NumStringToks && "Must have at least one string!");
352
Chris Lattner8a24e582009-01-16 18:51:42 +0000353 StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, NumStringToks, PP);
Steve Naroff4f88b312007-03-13 22:37:02 +0000354 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000355 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000356
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +0000357 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs;
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000358 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumStringToks; ++i)
359 StringTokLocs.push_back(StringToks[i].getLocation());
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000360
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000361 QualType StrTy = Context.CharTy;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscbad7252008-08-09 17:20:01 +0000362 if (Literal.AnyWide) StrTy = Context.getWCharType();
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000363 if (Literal.Pascal) StrTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Douglas Gregoraa1e21d2008-09-12 00:47:35 +0000364
365 // A C++ string literal has a const-qualified element type (C++ 2.13.4p1).
366 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
367 StrTy.addConst();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000368
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000369 // Get an array type for the string, according to C99 6.4.5. This includes
370 // the nul terminator character as well as the string length for pascal
371 // strings.
372 StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(StrTy,
Chris Lattnerd42c29f2009-02-26 23:01:51 +0000373 llvm::APInt(32, Literal.GetNumStringChars()+1),
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000374 ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000375
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000376 // Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory!
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000377 return Owned(StringLiteral::Create(Context, Literal.GetString(),
Chris Lattnerf83b5af2009-02-18 06:40:38 +0000378 Literal.GetStringLength(),
379 Literal.AnyWide, StrTy,
380 &StringTokLocs[0],
381 StringTokLocs.size()));
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000382}
383
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000384/// ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference - Return true if a reference inside of
385/// CurBlock to VD should cause it to be snapshotted (as we do for auto
386/// variables defined outside the block) or false if this is not needed (e.g.
387/// for values inside the block or for globals).
388///
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000389/// This also keeps the 'hasBlockDeclRefExprs' in the BlockSemaInfo records
390/// up-to-date.
391///
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000392static bool ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(BlockSemaInfo *CurBlock,
393 ValueDecl *VD) {
394 // If the value is defined inside the block, we couldn't snapshot it even if
395 // we wanted to.
396 if (CurBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
397 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000398
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000399 // If this is an enum constant or function, it is constant, don't snapshot.
400 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(VD) || isa<FunctionDecl>(VD))
401 return false;
402
403 // If this is a reference to an extern, static, or global variable, no need to
404 // snapshot it.
405 // FIXME: What about 'const' variables in C++?
406 if (const VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD))
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000407 if (!Var->hasLocalStorage())
408 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000409
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000410 // Blocks that have these can't be constant.
411 CurBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
412
413 // If we have nested blocks, the decl may be declared in an outer block (in
414 // which case that outer block doesn't get "hasBlockDeclRefExprs") or it may
415 // be defined outside all of the current blocks (in which case the blocks do
416 // all get the bit). Walk the nesting chain.
417 for (BlockSemaInfo *NextBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo; NextBlock;
418 NextBlock = NextBlock->PrevBlockInfo) {
419 // If we found the defining block for the variable, don't mark the block as
420 // having a reference outside it.
421 if (NextBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
422 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000423
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000424 // Otherwise, the DeclRef from the inner block causes the outer one to need
425 // a snapshot as well.
426 NextBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
427 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000428
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000429 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000430}
431
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000432
433
Steve Naroff30d242c2007-09-15 18:49:24 +0000434/// ActOnIdentifierExpr - The parser read an identifier in expression context,
Chris Lattnerac18be92006-11-20 06:49:47 +0000435/// validate it per-C99 6.5.1. HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this
Steve Naroff157c4032008-03-19 23:46:26 +0000436/// identifier is used in a function call context.
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000437/// SS is only used for a C++ qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the
Argyrios Kyrtzidis16ac9be2008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000438/// class or namespace that the identifier must be a member of.
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000439Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnIdentifierExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
440 IdentifierInfo &II,
441 bool HasTrailingLParen,
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000442 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
443 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
444 return ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(S, Loc, &II, HasTrailingLParen, SS,
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +0000445 isAddressOfOperand);
Douglas Gregor4ea80432008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000446}
447
Douglas Gregorc7acfdf2009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000448/// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build either a DeclRefExpr or a
449/// QualifiedDeclRefExpr based on whether or not SS is a
450/// nested-name-specifier.
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000451Sema::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000452Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(NamedDecl *D, QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc,
453 bool TypeDependent, bool ValueDependent,
454 const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
Anders Carlsson364035d12009-06-26 19:16:07 +0000455 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Ty) == Context.UndeducedAutoTy) {
456 Diag(Loc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000457 diag::err_auto_variable_cannot_appear_in_own_initializer)
Anders Carlsson364035d12009-06-26 19:16:07 +0000458 << D->getDeclName();
459 return ExprError();
460 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000461
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000462 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
463 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
464 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = MD->getParent()->isLocalClass()) {
465 if (VD->hasLocalStorage() && VD->getDeclContext() != CurContext) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000466 Diag(Loc, diag::err_reference_to_local_var_in_enclosing_function)
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000467 << D->getIdentifier() << FD->getDeclName();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000468 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_local_variable_declared_here)
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000469 << D->getIdentifier();
470 return ExprError();
471 }
472 }
473 }
474 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000475
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000476 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, D);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000477
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000478 Expr *E;
Douglas Gregor18353912009-03-19 03:51:16 +0000479 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000480 E = new (Context) QualifiedDeclRefExpr(D, Ty, Loc, TypeDependent,
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000481 ValueDependent, SS->getRange(),
Douglas Gregorc23500e2009-03-26 23:56:24 +0000482 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep()));
Douglas Gregor18353912009-03-19 03:51:16 +0000483 } else
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000484 E = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(D, Ty, Loc, TypeDependent, ValueDependent);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000485
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000486 return Owned(E);
Douglas Gregorc7acfdf2009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000487}
488
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000489/// getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl - Retrieve the (unnamed) field or
490/// variable corresponding to the anonymous union or struct whose type
491/// is Record.
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000492static Decl *getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(ASTContext &Context,
493 RecordDecl *Record) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000494 assert(Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000495 "Record must be an anonymous struct or union!");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000496
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000497 // FIXME: Once Decls are directly linked together, this will be an O(1)
498 // operation rather than a slow walk through DeclContext's vector (which
499 // itself will be eliminated). DeclGroups might make this even better.
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000500 DeclContext *Ctx = Record->getDeclContext();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000501 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator D = Ctx->decls_begin(),
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000502 DEnd = Ctx->decls_end();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000503 D != DEnd; ++D) {
504 if (*D == Record) {
505 // The object for the anonymous struct/union directly
506 // follows its type in the list of declarations.
507 ++D;
508 assert(D != DEnd && "Missing object for anonymous record");
Douglas Gregor6e6ad602009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000509 assert(!cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName() && "Decl should be unnamed");
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000510 return *D;
511 }
512 }
513
514 assert(false && "Missing object for anonymous record");
515 return 0;
516}
517
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000518/// \brief Given a field that represents a member of an anonymous
519/// struct/union, build the path from that field's context to the
520/// actual member.
521///
522/// Construct the sequence of field member references we'll have to
523/// perform to get to the field in the anonymous union/struct. The
524/// list of members is built from the field outward, so traverse it
525/// backwards to go from an object in the current context to the field
526/// we found.
527///
528/// \returns The variable from which the field access should begin,
529/// for an anonymous struct/union that is not a member of another
530/// class. Otherwise, returns NULL.
531VarDecl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(FieldDecl *Field,
532 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FieldDecl *> &Path) {
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000533 assert(Field->getDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
534 cast<RecordDecl>(Field->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()
535 && "Field must be stored inside an anonymous struct or union");
536
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000537 Path.push_back(Field);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000538 VarDecl *BaseObject = 0;
539 DeclContext *Ctx = Field->getDeclContext();
540 do {
541 RecordDecl *Record = cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx);
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000542 Decl *AnonObject = getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(Context, Record);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000543 if (FieldDecl *AnonField = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(AnonObject))
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000544 Path.push_back(AnonField);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000545 else {
546 BaseObject = cast<VarDecl>(AnonObject);
547 break;
548 }
549 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000550 } while (Ctx->isRecord() &&
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000551 cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion());
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000552
553 return BaseObject;
554}
555
556Sema::OwningExprResult
557Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SourceLocation Loc,
558 FieldDecl *Field,
559 Expr *BaseObjectExpr,
560 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
561 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4> AnonFields;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000562 VarDecl *BaseObject = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(Field,
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000563 AnonFields);
564
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000565 // Build the expression that refers to the base object, from
566 // which we will build a sequence of member references to each
567 // of the anonymous union objects and, eventually, the field we
568 // found via name lookup.
569 bool BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000570 Qualifiers BaseQuals;
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000571 if (BaseObject) {
572 // BaseObject is an anonymous struct/union variable (and is,
573 // therefore, not part of another non-anonymous record).
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000574 if (BaseObjectExpr) BaseObjectExpr->Destroy(Context);
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000575 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, BaseObject);
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000576 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(BaseObject,BaseObject->getType(),
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000577 SourceLocation());
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000578 BaseQuals
579 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseObject->getType()).getQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000580 } else if (BaseObjectExpr) {
581 // The caller provided the base object expression. Determine
582 // whether its a pointer and whether it adds any qualifiers to the
583 // anonymous struct/union fields we're looking into.
584 QualType ObjectType = BaseObjectExpr->getType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000585 if (const PointerType *ObjectPtr = ObjectType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000586 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
587 ObjectType = ObjectPtr->getPointeeType();
588 }
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000589 BaseQuals
590 = Context.getCanonicalType(ObjectType).getQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000591 } else {
592 // We've found a member of an anonymous struct/union that is
593 // inside a non-anonymous struct/union, so in a well-formed
594 // program our base object expression is "this".
595 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
596 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000597 QualType AnonFieldType
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000598 = Context.getTagDeclType(
599 cast<RecordDecl>(AnonFields.back()->getDeclContext()));
600 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000601 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(AnonFieldType)
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000602 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
603 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, AnonFieldType)) {
604 // Our base object expression is "this".
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000605 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000606 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000607 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
608 }
609 } else {
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000610 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
611 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000612 }
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000613 BaseQuals = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(MD->getTypeQualifiers());
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000614 }
615
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000616 if (!BaseObjectExpr)
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000617 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
618 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000619 }
620
621 // Build the implicit member references to the field of the
622 // anonymous struct/union.
623 Expr *Result = BaseObjectExpr;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000624 Qualifiers ResultQuals = BaseQuals;
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000625 for (llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4>::reverse_iterator
626 FI = AnonFields.rbegin(), FIEnd = AnonFields.rend();
627 FI != FIEnd; ++FI) {
628 QualType MemberType = (*FI)->getType();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000629 Qualifiers MemberTypeQuals =
630 Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getQualifiers();
631
632 // CVR attributes from the base are picked up by members,
633 // except that 'mutable' members don't pick up 'const'.
634 if ((*FI)->isMutable())
635 ResultQuals.removeConst();
636
637 // GC attributes are never picked up by members.
638 ResultQuals.removeObjCGCAttr();
639
640 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces.
641 assert(!MemberTypeQuals.hasAddressSpace());
642
643 Qualifiers NewQuals = ResultQuals + MemberTypeQuals;
644 if (NewQuals != MemberTypeQuals)
645 MemberType = Context.getQualifiedType(MemberType, NewQuals);
646
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000647 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, *FI);
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +0000648 // FIXME: Might this end up being a qualified name?
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000649 Result = new (Context) MemberExpr(Result, BaseObjectIsPointer, *FI,
650 OpLoc, MemberType);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000651 BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000652 ResultQuals = NewQuals;
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000653 }
654
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000655 return Owned(Result);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000656}
657
Douglas Gregor4ea80432008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000658/// ActOnDeclarationNameExpr - The parser has read some kind of name
659/// (e.g., a C++ id-expression (C++ [expr.prim]p1)). This routine
660/// performs lookup on that name and returns an expression that refers
661/// to that name. This routine isn't directly called from the parser,
662/// because the parser doesn't know about DeclarationName. Rather,
663/// this routine is called by ActOnIdentifierExpr,
664/// ActOnOperatorFunctionIdExpr, and ActOnConversionFunctionExpr,
665/// which form the DeclarationName from the corresponding syntactic
666/// forms.
667///
668/// HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this identifier is used in a
669/// function call context. LookupCtx is only used for a C++
670/// qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the class or namespace that
671/// the identifier must be a member of.
Douglas Gregorb0846b02008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000672///
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000673/// isAddressOfOperand means that this expression is the direct operand
674/// of an address-of operator. This matters because this is the only
675/// situation where a qualified name referencing a non-static member may
676/// appear outside a member function of this class.
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000677Sema::OwningExprResult
678Sema::ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
679 DeclarationName Name, bool HasTrailingLParen,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000680 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000681 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
Chris Lattner59a25942008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000682 // Could be enum-constant, value decl, instance variable, etc.
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000683 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
684 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor90a1a652009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000685
686 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
687 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
688 // -- a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
689 // names a dependent type.
Douglas Gregor82dbbd72009-05-29 14:49:33 +0000690 // FIXME: Member of the current instantiation.
Douglas Gregor90a1a652009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000691 if (SS && isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
Douglas Gregorf21eb492009-03-26 23:50:42 +0000692 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedDeclRefExpr(Name, Context.DependentTy,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000693 Loc, SS->getRange(),
Anders Carlsson03f89b12009-07-09 00:05:08 +0000694 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep()),
695 isAddressOfOperand));
Douglas Gregor90a1a652009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000696 }
697
Douglas Gregorb9063fc2009-02-13 23:20:09 +0000698 LookupResult Lookup = LookupParsedName(S, SS, Name, LookupOrdinaryName,
699 false, true, Loc);
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000700
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000701 if (Lookup.isAmbiguous()) {
702 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Lookup, Name, Loc,
703 SS && SS->isSet() ? SS->getRange()
704 : SourceRange());
705 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnercd2a8c52009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000706 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000707
Chris Lattnercd2a8c52009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000708 NamedDecl *D = Lookup.getAsDecl();
Douglas Gregorb0846b02008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000709
Chris Lattner59a25942008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000710 // If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then ivar lookup happens as
711 // well.
Douglas Gregor4ea80432008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000712 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
713 if (II && getCurMethodDecl()) {
Chris Lattner59a25942008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000714 // There are two cases to handle here. 1) scoped lookup could have failed,
715 // in which case we should look for an ivar. 2) scoped lookup could have
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000716 // found a decl, but that decl is outside the current instance method (i.e.
717 // a global variable). In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with
Fariborz Jahanianbf8e8422009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000718 // this name, if the lookup sucedes, we replace it our current decl.
Douglas Gregor6e6ad602009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000719 if (D == 0 || D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod()) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis853fbea2008-06-28 06:07:14 +0000720 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahaniana458c4f2009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000721 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000722 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
Chris Lattner50afe312009-02-16 17:19:12 +0000723 // Check if referencing a field with __attribute__((deprecated)).
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000724 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, Loc))
725 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000726
Chris Lattnercd2a8c52009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000727 // If we're referencing an invalid decl, just return this as a silent
728 // error node. The error diagnostic was already emitted on the decl.
729 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
730 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000731
Fariborz Jahanianbf8e8422009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000732 bool IsClsMethod = getCurMethodDecl()->isClassMethod();
733 // If a class method attemps to use a free standing ivar, this is
734 // an error.
735 if (IsClsMethod && D && !D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod())
736 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::error_ivar_use_in_class_method)
737 << IV->getDeclName());
738 // If a class method uses a global variable, even if an ivar with
739 // same name exists, use the global.
740 if (!IsClsMethod) {
Fariborz Jahaniana458c4f2009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000741 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private &&
742 ClassDeclared != IFace)
743 Diag(Loc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000744 // FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't
745 // turn this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something.
Fariborz Jahanianbf8e8422009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000746 IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get("self");
Argyrios Kyrtzidise1a8c622009-07-18 08:49:37 +0000747 OwningExprResult SelfExpr = ActOnIdentifierExpr(S, SourceLocation(),
748 II, false);
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000749 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, IV);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000750 return Owned(new (Context)
751 ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(), Loc,
Anders Carlssonb781bcd2009-05-01 19:49:17 +0000752 SelfExpr.takeAs<Expr>(), true, true));
Fariborz Jahanianbf8e8422009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000753 }
Chris Lattner59a25942008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000754 }
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000755 } else if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod()) {
Fariborz Jahanianbf8e8422009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000756 // We should warn if a local variable hides an ivar.
757 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahaniana458c4f2009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000758 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000759 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
Fariborz Jahaniana458c4f2009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000760 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Private ||
761 IFace == ClassDeclared)
Chris Lattnercd2a8c52009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000762 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivar_use_hidden) << IV->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahaniana458c4f2009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000763 }
Fariborz Jahanianbf8e8422009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000764 }
Steve Naroff0d7c6db2008-08-10 19:10:41 +0000765 // Needed to implement property "super.method" notation.
Douglas Gregor6e6ad602009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000766 if (D == 0 && II->isStr("super")) {
Steve Naroffe29c4dd2009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000767 QualType T;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000768
Steve Naroffe29c4dd2009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000769 if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod())
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000770 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(Context.getObjCInterfaceType(
771 getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface()));
Steve Naroffe29c4dd2009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000772 else
773 T = Context.getObjCClassType();
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000774 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCSuperExpr(Loc, T));
Steve Naroffebf4cb42008-06-02 23:03:37 +0000775 }
Chris Lattner59a25942008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000776 }
Douglas Gregorf15f5d32009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000777
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000778 // Determine whether this name might be a candidate for
779 // argument-dependent lookup.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000780 bool ADL = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (!SS || !SS->isSet()) &&
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000781 HasTrailingLParen;
782
783 if (ADL && D == 0) {
Douglas Gregorf15f5d32009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000784 // We've seen something of the form
785 //
786 // identifier(
787 //
788 // and we did not find any entity by the name
789 // "identifier". However, this identifier is still subject to
790 // argument-dependent lookup, so keep track of the name.
791 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr(Name,
792 Context.OverloadTy,
793 Loc));
794 }
795
Chris Lattner17ed4872006-11-20 04:58:19 +0000796 if (D == 0) {
Bill Wendling4073ed52007-02-13 01:51:42 +0000797 // Otherwise, this could be an implicitly declared function reference (legal
Chris Lattner9561a0b2007-01-28 08:20:04 +0000798 // in C90, extension in C99).
Douglas Gregor4ea80432008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000799 if (HasTrailingLParen && II &&
Chris Lattner59a25942008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000800 !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) // Not in C++.
Douglas Gregor4ea80432008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000801 D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(Loc, *II, S);
Steve Naroff92e30f82007-04-02 22:35:25 +0000802 else {
Chris Lattnerac18be92006-11-20 06:49:47 +0000803 // If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function call,
804 // diagnose the problem.
Anders Carlsson896c2302009-08-30 00:54:35 +0000805 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000806 DiagnoseMissingMember(Loc, Name,
Anders Carlsson896c2302009-08-30 00:54:35 +0000807 (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep(),
808 SS->getRange());
809 return ExprError();
810 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName ||
Douglas Gregor4ea80432008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000811 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName)
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000812 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_use)
813 << Name.getAsString());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis16ac9be2008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000814 else
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000815 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_var_use) << Name);
Steve Naroff92e30f82007-04-02 22:35:25 +0000816 }
Chris Lattner17ed4872006-11-20 04:58:19 +0000817 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000818
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000819 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
820 // Warn about constructs like:
821 // if (void *X = foo()) { ... } else { X }.
822 // In the else block, the pointer is always false.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000823
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000824 // FIXME: In a template instantiation, we don't have scope
825 // information to check this property.
826 if (Var->isDeclaredInCondition() && Var->getType()->isScalarType()) {
827 Scope *CheckS = S;
828 while (CheckS) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000829 if (CheckS->isWithinElse() &&
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000830 CheckS->getControlParent()->isDeclScope(DeclPtrTy::make(Var))) {
831 if (Var->getType()->isBooleanType())
832 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_false)
833 << Var->getDeclName());
834 else
835 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_zero)
836 << Var->getDeclName());
837 break;
838 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000839
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000840 // Move up one more control parent to check again.
841 CheckS = CheckS->getControlParent();
842 if (CheckS)
843 CheckS = CheckS->getParent();
844 }
845 }
846 } else if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
847 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !Func->hasPrototype()) {
848 // C99 DR 316 says that, if a function type comes from a
849 // function definition (without a prototype), that type is only
850 // used for checking compatibility. Therefore, when referencing
851 // the function, we pretend that we don't have the full function
852 // type.
853 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Func, Loc))
854 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000855
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000856 QualType T = Func->getType();
857 QualType NoProtoType = T;
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000858 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000859 NoProtoType = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Proto->getResultType());
860 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Func, NoProtoType, Loc, false, false, SS);
861 }
862 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000863
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000864 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(Loc, D, HasTrailingLParen, SS, isAddressOfOperand);
865}
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000866/// \brief Cast member's object to its own class if necessary.
Fariborz Jahanian3f150832009-07-29 19:40:11 +0000867bool
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000868Sema::PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *&From, NamedDecl *Member) {
869 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Member))
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000870 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD =
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000871 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000872 QualType DestType =
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000873 Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(RD));
Fariborz Jahanian4b12ed12009-07-29 20:41:46 +0000874 if (DestType->isDependentType() || From->getType()->isDependentType())
875 return false;
876 QualType FromRecordType = From->getType();
877 QualType DestRecordType = DestType;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000878 if (FromRecordType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian4b12ed12009-07-29 20:41:46 +0000879 DestType = Context.getPointerType(DestType);
880 FromRecordType = FromRecordType->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000881 }
Fariborz Jahanian4b12ed12009-07-29 20:41:46 +0000882 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, DestRecordType) &&
883 CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType,
884 DestRecordType,
885 From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
886 From->getSourceRange()))
887 return true;
Anders Carlssona076d142009-07-31 01:23:52 +0000888 ImpCastExprToType(From, DestType, CastExpr::CK_DerivedToBase,
889 /*isLvalue=*/true);
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000890 }
Fariborz Jahanian3f150832009-07-29 19:40:11 +0000891 return false;
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000892}
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000893
Douglas Gregorf405d7e2009-08-31 23:41:50 +0000894/// \brief Build a MemberExpr AST node.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000895static MemberExpr *BuildMemberExpr(ASTContext &C, Expr *Base, bool isArrow,
896 const CXXScopeSpec *SS, NamedDecl *Member,
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +0000897 SourceLocation Loc, QualType Ty) {
898 if (SS && SS->isSet())
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000899 return MemberExpr::Create(C, Base, isArrow,
Douglas Gregorf405d7e2009-08-31 23:41:50 +0000900 (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep(),
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000901 SS->getRange(), Member, Loc,
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +0000902 // FIXME: Explicit template argument lists
903 false, SourceLocation(), 0, 0, SourceLocation(),
904 Ty);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000905
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +0000906 return new (C) MemberExpr(Base, isArrow, Member, Loc, Ty);
907}
908
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000909/// \brief Complete semantic analysis for a reference to the given declaration.
910Sema::OwningExprResult
911Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D,
912 bool HasTrailingLParen,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000913 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000914 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
915 assert(D && "Cannot refer to a NULL declaration");
916 DeclarationName Name = D->getDeclName();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000917
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000918 // If this is an expression of the form &Class::member, don't build an
919 // implicit member ref, because we want a pointer to the member in general,
920 // not any specific instance's member.
921 if (isAddressOfOperand && SS && !SS->isEmpty() && !HasTrailingLParen) {
Douglas Gregor52537682009-03-19 00:18:19 +0000922 DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS);
Douglas Gregor2ada0482009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000923 if (D && isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000924 QualType DType;
925 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
926 DType = FD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
927 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
928 DType = Method->getType();
929 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
930 DType = Context.OverloadTy;
931 }
932 // Could be an inner type. That's diagnosed below, so ignore it here.
933 if (!DType.isNull()) {
934 // The pointer is type- and value-dependent if it points into something
935 // dependent.
Douglas Gregor82dbbd72009-05-29 14:49:33 +0000936 bool Dependent = DC->isDependentContext();
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000937 return BuildDeclRefExpr(D, DType, Loc, Dependent, Dependent, SS);
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000938 }
939 }
940 }
941
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000942 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
943 // (C++ [class.union]).
944 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D))
945 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
946 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(Loc, FD);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000947
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000948 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
949 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000950 // C++ [class.mfct.nonstatic]p2:
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000951 // [...] if name lookup (3.4.1) resolves the name in the
952 // id-expression to a nonstatic nontype member of class X or of
953 // a base class of X, the id-expression is transformed into a
954 // class member access expression (5.2.5) using (*this) (9.3.2)
955 // as the postfix-expression to the left of the '.' operator.
956 DeclContext *Ctx = 0;
957 QualType MemberType;
958 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
959 Ctx = FD->getDeclContext();
960 MemberType = FD->getType();
961
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000962 if (const ReferenceType *RefType = MemberType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000963 MemberType = RefType->getPointeeType();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000964 else if (!FD->isMutable())
965 MemberType
966 = Context.getQualifiedType(MemberType,
967 Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(MD->getTypeQualifiers()));
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000968 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
969 if (!Method->isStatic()) {
970 Ctx = Method->getParent();
971 MemberType = Method->getType();
972 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000973 } else if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +0000974 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000975 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +0000976 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl())) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000977 if (!Method->isStatic()) {
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +0000978 Ctx = Method->getParent();
979 MemberType = Context.OverloadTy;
980 }
981 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000982 } else if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000983 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +0000984 // FIXME: We need an abstraction for iterating over one or more function
985 // templates or functions. This code is far too repetitive!
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000986 for (OverloadedFunctionDecl::function_iterator
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000987 Func = Ovl->function_begin(),
988 FuncEnd = Ovl->function_end();
989 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +0000990 CXXMethodDecl *DMethod = 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000991 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +0000992 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Func))
993 DMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl());
994 else
995 DMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Func);
996
997 if (DMethod && !DMethod->isStatic()) {
998 Ctx = DMethod->getDeclContext();
999 MemberType = Context.OverloadTy;
1000 break;
1001 }
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001002 }
1003 }
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001004
1005 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001006 QualType CtxType = Context.getTagDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx));
1007 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001008 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(CtxType)
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001009 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
1010 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, CtxType)) {
1011 // Build the implicit member access expression.
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001012 Expr *This = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001013 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001014 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, D);
Fariborz Jahanian3f150832009-07-29 19:40:11 +00001015 if (PerformObjectMemberConversion(This, D))
1016 return ExprError();
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00001017
Anders Carlsson99056f22009-09-11 05:54:14 +00001018 bool ShouldCheckUse = true;
1019 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
1020 // Don't diagnose the use of a virtual member function unless it's
1021 // explicitly qualified.
1022 if (MD->isVirtual() && (!SS || !SS->isSet()))
1023 ShouldCheckUse = false;
1024 }
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00001025
Anders Carlsson99056f22009-09-11 05:54:14 +00001026 if (ShouldCheckUse && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(D, Loc))
Anders Carlsson21776b72009-08-08 16:55:18 +00001027 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +00001028 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, This, true, SS, D,
1029 Loc, MemberType));
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001030 }
1031 }
1032 }
1033 }
1034
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00001035 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidised983422008-07-01 10:37:29 +00001036 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
1037 if (MD->isStatic())
1038 // "invalid use of member 'x' in static member function"
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001039 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
1040 << FD->getDeclName());
Argyrios Kyrtzidised983422008-07-01 10:37:29 +00001041 }
1042
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001043 // Any other ways we could have found the field in a well-formed
1044 // program would have been turned into implicit member expressions
1045 // above.
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001046 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
1047 << FD->getDeclName());
Argyrios Kyrtzidised983422008-07-01 10:37:29 +00001048 }
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001049
Steve Naroff46ba1eb2007-04-03 23:13:13 +00001050 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001051 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << Name);
Ted Kremenek1b0ea822008-01-07 19:49:32 +00001052 if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001053 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << Name);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis08114892008-04-27 13:50:30 +00001054 if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001055 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << Name);
Steve Narofff1e53692007-03-23 22:27:02 +00001056
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001057 // Make the DeclRefExpr or BlockDeclRefExpr for the decl.
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001058 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D))
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +00001059 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Ovl, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
1060 false, false, SS);
Douglas Gregord32e0282009-02-09 23:23:08 +00001061 else if (TemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +00001062 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Template, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
1063 false, false, SS);
Anders Carlsson938b1002009-08-29 01:06:32 +00001064 else if (UnresolvedUsingDecl *UD = dyn_cast<UnresolvedUsingDecl>(D))
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001065 return BuildDeclRefExpr(UD, Context.DependentTy, Loc,
1066 /*TypeDependent=*/true,
Anders Carlsson938b1002009-08-29 01:06:32 +00001067 /*ValueDependent=*/true, SS);
1068
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001069 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001070
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001071 // Check whether this declaration can be used. Note that we suppress
1072 // this check when we're going to perform argument-dependent lookup
1073 // on this function name, because this might not be the function
1074 // that overload resolution actually selects.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001075 bool ADL = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (!SS || !SS->isSet()) &&
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001076 HasTrailingLParen;
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001077 if (!(ADL && isa<FunctionDecl>(VD)) && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(VD, Loc))
1078 return ExprError();
1079
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001080 // Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's.
1081 if (VD->isInvalidDecl())
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001082 return ExprError();
1083
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001084 // If the identifier reference is inside a block, and it refers to a value
1085 // that is outside the block, create a BlockDeclRefExpr instead of a
1086 // DeclRefExpr. This ensures the value is treated as a copy-in snapshot when
1087 // the block is formed.
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001088 //
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001089 // We do not do this for things like enum constants, global variables, etc,
1090 // as they do not get snapshotted.
1091 //
1092 if (CurBlock && ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(CurBlock, VD)) {
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001093 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, VD);
Eli Friedman7fa3faa2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001094 QualType ExprTy = VD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001095 // The BlocksAttr indicates the variable is bound by-reference.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00001096 if (VD->getAttr<BlocksAttr>())
Eli Friedman7fa3faa2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001097 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, true));
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001098 // This is to record that a 'const' was actually synthesize and added.
1099 bool constAdded = !ExprTy.isConstQualified();
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001100 // Variable will be bound by-copy, make it const within the closure.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001101
Eli Friedman7fa3faa2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001102 ExprTy.addConst();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001103 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, false,
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001104 constAdded));
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001105 }
1106 // If this reference is not in a block or if the referenced variable is
1107 // within the block, create a normal DeclRefExpr.
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001108
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001109 bool TypeDependent = false;
Douglas Gregor872ffce2008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001110 bool ValueDependent = false;
1111 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
1112 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001113 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
Douglas Gregor872ffce2008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001114 // - an identifier that was declared with a dependent type,
1115 if (VD->getType()->isDependentType())
1116 TypeDependent = true;
1117 // - FIXME: a template-id that is dependent,
1118 // - a conversion-function-id that specifies a dependent type,
1119 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName &&
1120 Name.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType())
1121 TypeDependent = true;
1122 // - a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
1123 // names a dependent type.
1124 else if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
Douglas Gregor52537682009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001125 for (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS);
Douglas Gregor872ffce2008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001126 DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
1127 // FIXME: could stop early at namespace scope.
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001128 if (DC->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregor872ffce2008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001129 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
1130 if (Context.getTypeDeclType(Record)->isDependentType()) {
1131 TypeDependent = true;
1132 break;
1133 }
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001134 }
1135 }
1136 }
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001137
Douglas Gregor872ffce2008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001138 // C++ [temp.dep.constexpr]p2:
1139 //
1140 // An identifier is value-dependent if it is:
1141 // - a name declared with a dependent type,
1142 if (TypeDependent)
1143 ValueDependent = true;
1144 // - the name of a non-type template parameter,
1145 else if (isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(VD))
1146 ValueDependent = true;
1147 // - a constant with integral or enumeration type and is
1148 // initialized with an expression that is value-dependent
Eli Friedmandd49ee32009-06-11 01:11:20 +00001149 else if (const VarDecl *Dcl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD)) {
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001150 if (Dcl->getType().getCVRQualifiers() == Qualifiers::Const &&
Eli Friedmandd49ee32009-06-11 01:11:20 +00001151 Dcl->getInit()) {
1152 ValueDependent = Dcl->getInit()->isValueDependent();
1153 }
1154 }
Douglas Gregor872ffce2008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001155 }
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001156
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +00001157 return BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(), Loc,
1158 TypeDependent, ValueDependent, SS);
Chris Lattner17ed4872006-11-20 04:58:19 +00001159}
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001160
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001161Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
1162 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
Chris Lattner6307f192008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001163 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT;
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001164
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001165 switch (Kind) {
Chris Lattner317e6ba2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001166 default: assert(0 && "Unknown simple primary expr!");
Chris Lattner6307f192008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001167 case tok::kw___func__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Func; break; // [C99 6.4.2.2]
1168 case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Function; break;
1169 case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction; break;
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001170 }
Chris Lattner317e6ba2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001171
Chris Lattnera81a0272008-01-12 08:14:25 +00001172 // Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of the
1173 // string.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001174
Anders Carlsson2fb08242009-09-08 18:24:21 +00001175 Decl *currentDecl = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl();
1176 if (!currentDecl) {
Chris Lattnerf45c5ec2008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001177 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function);
Anders Carlsson2fb08242009-09-08 18:24:21 +00001178 currentDecl = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
Chris Lattnerf45c5ec2008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001179 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001180
Anders Carlsson0b209a82009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001181 QualType ResTy;
1182 if (cast<DeclContext>(currentDecl)->isDependentContext()) {
1183 ResTy = Context.DependentTy;
1184 } else {
1185 unsigned Length =
1186 PredefinedExpr::ComputeName(Context, IT, currentDecl).length();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001187
Anders Carlsson0b209a82009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001188 llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1);
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001189 ResTy = Context.CharTy.withConst();
Anders Carlsson0b209a82009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001190 ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
1191 }
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001192 return Owned(new (Context) PredefinedExpr(Loc, ResTy, IT));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001193}
1194
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001195Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok) {
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001196 llvm::SmallString<16> CharBuffer;
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00001197 CharBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength());
1198 const char *ThisTokBegin = &CharBuffer[0];
1199 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001200
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00001201 CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1202 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1203 if (Literal.hadError())
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001204 return ExprError();
Chris Lattneref24b382008-03-01 08:32:21 +00001205
1206 QualType type = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.CharTy : Context.IntTy;
1207
Sebastian Redl20614a72009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001208 return Owned(new (Context) CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(),
1209 Literal.isWide(),
1210 type, Tok.getLocation()));
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00001211}
1212
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001213Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok) {
1214 // Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common). A single digit
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +00001215 // cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or type suffix.
1216 if (Tok.getLength() == 1) {
Chris Lattner9240b3e2009-01-26 22:36:52 +00001217 const char Val = PP.getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(Tok);
Chris Lattnerc4c18192009-01-16 07:10:29 +00001218 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001219 return Owned(new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val-'0'),
Steve Naroff5faaef72009-01-20 19:53:53 +00001220 Context.IntTy, Tok.getLocation()));
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +00001221 }
Ted Kremeneke9814182009-01-13 23:19:12 +00001222
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001223 llvm::SmallString<512> IntegerBuffer;
Chris Lattnera1cf5f92008-09-30 20:53:45 +00001224 // Add padding so that NumericLiteralParser can overread by one character.
1225 IntegerBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength()+1);
Steve Naroff8160ea22007-03-06 01:09:46 +00001226 const char *ThisTokBegin = &IntegerBuffer[0];
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001227
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001228 // Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc.
Steve Naroff8160ea22007-03-06 01:09:46 +00001229 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001230
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001231 NumericLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
Steve Naroff451d8f162007-03-12 23:22:38 +00001232 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +00001233 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001234 return ExprError();
1235
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001236 Expr *Res;
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001237
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001238 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
Chris Lattnerec0a6d92007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001239 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001240 if (Literal.isFloat)
Chris Lattnerec0a6d92007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001241 Ty = Context.FloatTy;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001242 else if (!Literal.isLong)
Chris Lattnerec0a6d92007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001243 Ty = Context.DoubleTy;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001244 else
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001245 Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001246
1247 const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(Ty);
1248
Ted Kremenek3a2c9502007-11-29 00:56:49 +00001249 // isExact will be set by GetFloatValue().
1250 bool isExact = false;
Chris Lattnere4edb8e2009-06-29 17:34:55 +00001251 llvm::APFloat Val = Literal.GetFloatValue(Format, &isExact);
1252 Res = new (Context) FloatingLiteral(Val, isExact, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001253
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001254 } else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) {
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001255 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001256 } else {
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001257 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001258
Neil Boothac582c52007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001259 // long long is a C99 feature.
1260 if (!getLangOptions().C99 && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
Neil Booth4a1ee052007-08-29 22:13:52 +00001261 Literal.isLongLong)
Neil Boothac582c52007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001262 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_longlong);
1263
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001264 // Get the value in the widest-possible width.
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001265 llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.Target.getIntMaxTWidth(), 0);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001266
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001267 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) {
1268 // If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, warn and force to ull.
1269 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large);
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001270 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
1271 assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() &&
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001272 "long long is not intmax_t?");
Steve Naroff09ef4742007-03-09 23:16:33 +00001273 } else {
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001274 // If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into
1275 // according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5.
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001276
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001277 // Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to
1278 // be an unsigned int.
1279 bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10;
1280
1281 // Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can.
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001282 unsigned Width = 0;
Chris Lattner7b939cf2007-08-23 21:58:08 +00001283 if (!Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong) {
1284 // Are int/unsigned possibilities?
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001285 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001286
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001287 // Does it fit in a unsigned int?
1288 if (ResultVal.isIntN(IntSize)) {
1289 // Does it fit in a signed int?
1290 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001291 Ty = Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001292 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001293 Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001294 Width = IntSize;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001295 }
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001296 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001297
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001298 // Are long/unsigned long possibilities?
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001299 if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong) {
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001300 unsigned LongSize = Context.Target.getLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001301
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001302 // Does it fit in a unsigned long?
1303 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongSize)) {
1304 // Does it fit in a signed long?
1305 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001306 Ty = Context.LongTy;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001307 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001308 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001309 Width = LongSize;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001310 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001311 }
1312
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001313 // Finally, check long long if needed.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001314 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001315 unsigned LongLongSize = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001316
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001317 // Does it fit in a unsigned long long?
1318 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongLongSize)) {
1319 // Does it fit in a signed long long?
1320 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001321 Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001322 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001323 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001324 Width = LongLongSize;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001325 }
1326 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001327
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001328 // If we still couldn't decide a type, we probably have something that
1329 // does not fit in a signed long long, but has no U suffix.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001330 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001331 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large_for_signed);
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001332 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001333 Width = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001334 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001335
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001336 if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width)
1337 ResultVal.trunc(Width);
Steve Naroff09ef4742007-03-09 23:16:33 +00001338 }
Sebastian Redl20614a72009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001339 Res = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(ResultVal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Steve Naroff09ef4742007-03-09 23:16:33 +00001340 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001341
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001342 // If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper.
1343 if (Literal.isImaginary)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001344 Res = new (Context) ImaginaryLiteral(Res,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001345 Context.getComplexType(Res->getType()));
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001346
1347 return Owned(Res);
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001348}
1349
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001350Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L,
1351 SourceLocation R, ExprArg Val) {
Anders Carlssonb781bcd2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00001352 Expr *E = Val.takeAs<Expr>();
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001353 assert((E != 0) && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr");
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001354 return Owned(new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001355}
1356
Steve Naroff71b59a92007-06-04 22:22:31 +00001357/// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine.
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00001358/// See C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] for more details.
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001359bool Sema::CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(QualType exprType,
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001360 SourceLocation OpLoc,
1361 const SourceRange &ExprRange,
1362 bool isSizeof) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001363 if (exprType->isDependentType())
1364 return false;
1365
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00001366 // C99 6.5.3.4p1:
Chris Lattnerb1355b12009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001367 if (isa<FunctionType>(exprType)) {
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001368 // alignof(function) is allowed as an extension.
Chris Lattnerb1355b12009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001369 if (isSizeof)
1370 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_function_type) << ExprRange;
1371 return false;
1372 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001373
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001374 // Allow sizeof(void)/alignof(void) as an extension.
Chris Lattnerb1355b12009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001375 if (exprType->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001376 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_void_type)
1377 << (isSizeof ? "sizeof" : "__alignof") << ExprRange;
Chris Lattnerb1355b12009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001378 return false;
1379 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001380
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001381 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, exprType,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001382 isSizeof ? diag::err_sizeof_incomplete_type :
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00001383 PDiag(diag::err_alignof_incomplete_type)
1384 << ExprRange))
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001385 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001386
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001387 // Reject sizeof(interface) and sizeof(interface<proto>) in 64-bit mode.
Fariborz Jahanian1dcb3222009-04-24 17:34:33 +00001388 if (LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI && exprType->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001389 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_nonfragile_interface)
Chris Lattnercd2a8c52009-04-24 22:30:50 +00001390 << exprType << isSizeof << ExprRange;
1391 return true;
Chris Lattner37920f52009-04-21 19:55:16 +00001392 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001393
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001394 return false;
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00001395}
1396
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001397bool Sema::CheckAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1398 const SourceRange &ExprRange) {
1399 E = E->IgnoreParens();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001400
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001401 // alignof decl is always ok.
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001402 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E))
1403 return false;
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001404
1405 // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent.
1406 if (E->isTypeDependent())
1407 return false;
1408
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001409 if (E->getBitField()) {
1410 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 1 << ExprRange;
1411 return true;
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001412 }
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001413
1414 // Alignment of a field access is always okay, so long as it isn't a
1415 // bit-field.
1416 if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E))
Mike Stump212005c2009-07-22 18:58:19 +00001417 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001418 return false;
1419
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001420 return CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, ExprRange, false);
1421}
1422
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001423/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given a type operand.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001424Action::OwningExprResult
1425Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(QualType T, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001426 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1427 if (T.isNull())
1428 return ExprError();
1429
1430 if (!T->isDependentType() &&
1431 CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(T, OpLoc, R, isSizeOf))
1432 return ExprError();
1433
1434 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1435 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, T,
1436 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1437 R.getEnd()));
1438}
1439
1440/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given an expression
1441/// operand.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001442Action::OwningExprResult
1443Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001444 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1445 // Verify that the operand is valid.
1446 bool isInvalid = false;
1447 if (E->isTypeDependent()) {
1448 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
1449 } else if (!isSizeOf) {
1450 isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(E, OpLoc, R);
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001451 } else if (E->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.4p1.
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001452 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 0;
1453 isInvalid = true;
1454 } else {
1455 isInvalid = CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, R, true);
1456 }
1457
1458 if (isInvalid)
1459 return ExprError();
1460
1461 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1462 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, E,
1463 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1464 R.getEnd()));
1465}
1466
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001467/// ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c expr and
1468/// the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof
1469/// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001470Action::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001471Sema::ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isSizeof, bool isType,
1472 void *TyOrEx, const SourceRange &ArgRange) {
Chris Lattner0d8b1a12006-11-20 04:34:45 +00001473 // If error parsing type, ignore.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001474 if (TyOrEx == 0) return ExprError();
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00001475
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001476 if (isType) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00001477 // FIXME: Preserve type source info.
1478 QualType ArgTy = GetTypeFromParser(TyOrEx);
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001479 return CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgTy, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgRange);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001480 }
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001481
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001482 // Get the end location.
1483 Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx;
1484 Action::OwningExprResult Result
1485 = CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgEx->getSourceRange());
1486
1487 if (Result.isInvalid())
1488 DeleteExpr(ArgEx);
1489
1490 return move(Result);
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001491}
1492
Chris Lattner709322b2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001493QualType Sema::CheckRealImagOperand(Expr *&V, SourceLocation Loc, bool isReal) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001494 if (V->isTypeDependent())
1495 return Context.DependentTy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001496
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001497 // These operators return the element type of a complex type.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001498 if (const ComplexType *CT = V->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>())
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001499 return CT->getElementType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001500
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001501 // Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here.
1502 if (V->getType()->isArithmeticType())
1503 return V->getType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001504
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001505 // Reject anything else.
Chris Lattner709322b2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001506 Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V->getType()
1507 << (isReal ? "__real" : "__imag");
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001508 return QualType();
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001509}
1510
1511
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001512
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001513Action::OwningExprResult
1514Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1515 tok::TokenKind Kind, ExprArg Input) {
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00001516 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
1517 Input = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Input));
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001518 Expr *Arg = (Expr *)Input.get();
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001519
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001520 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
1521 switch (Kind) {
1522 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
1523 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostInc; break;
1524 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostDec; break;
1525 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001526
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001527 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
1528 (Arg->getType()->isRecordType() || Arg->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
1529 // Which overloaded operator?
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001530 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp =
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001531 (Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc)? OO_PlusPlus : OO_MinusMinus;
1532
1533 // C++ [over.inc]p1:
1534 //
1535 // [...] If the function is a member function with one
1536 // parameter (which shall be of type int) or a non-member
1537 // function with two parameters (the second of which shall be
1538 // of type int), it defines the postfix increment operator ++
1539 // for objects of that type. When the postfix increment is
1540 // called as a result of using the ++ operator, the int
1541 // argument will have value zero.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001542 Expr *Args[2] = {
1543 Arg,
1544 new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(Context.Target.getIntWidth(), 0,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001545 /*isSigned=*/true), Context.IntTy, SourceLocation())
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001546 };
1547
1548 // Build the candidate set for overloading
1549 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001550 AddOperatorCandidates(OverOp, S, OpLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001551
1552 // Perform overload resolution.
1553 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001554 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, OpLoc, Best)) {
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001555 case OR_Success: {
1556 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1557 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1558
1559 if (FnDecl) {
1560 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1561 // operator.
1562
1563 // Convert the arguments.
1564 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1565 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Arg, Method))
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001566 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001567 } else {
1568 // Convert the arguments.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001569 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg,
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001570 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1571 "passing"))
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001572 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001573 }
1574
1575 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001576 QualType ResultTy
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001577 = FnDecl->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001578 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001579
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001580 // Build the actual expression node.
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001581 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
Mike Stump82191d02009-02-19 02:54:59 +00001582 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001583 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1584
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001585 Input.release();
Douglas Gregor2517f332009-05-27 05:00:47 +00001586 Args[0] = Arg;
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001587 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OverOp, FnExpr,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001588 Args, 2, ResultTy,
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001589 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001590 } else {
1591 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1592 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1593 // operator node.
1594 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1595 "passing"))
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001596 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001597
1598 break;
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001599 }
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001600 }
1601
1602 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
1603 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
1604 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
1605 break;
1606
1607 case OR_Ambiguous:
1608 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1609 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1610 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1611 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001612 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001613
1614 case OR_Deleted:
1615 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
1616 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
1617 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1618 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1619 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
1620 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001621 }
1622
1623 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1624 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1625 // build a built-in operation.
1626 }
1627
Eli Friedmanf32f0a72009-07-22 23:24:42 +00001628 Input.release();
1629 Input = Arg;
Eli Friedman6aea5752009-07-22 22:25:00 +00001630 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(Input));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001631}
1632
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001633Action::OwningExprResult
1634Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
1635 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00001636 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
1637 Base = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Base));
1638
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001639 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()),
1640 *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001641
Douglas Gregor40412ac2008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001642 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Douglas Gregor7a77a6b2009-05-19 00:01:19 +00001643 (LHSExp->isTypeDependent() || RHSExp->isTypeDependent())) {
1644 Base.release();
1645 Idx.release();
1646 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
1647 Context.DependentTy, RLoc));
1648 }
1649
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001650 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001651 (LHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
Eli Friedman254a1a22008-12-15 22:34:21 +00001652 LHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType() ||
1653 RHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
1654 RHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001655 // Add the appropriate overloaded operators (C++ [over.match.oper])
Douglas Gregor40412ac2008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001656 // to the candidate set.
1657 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
1658 Expr *Args[2] = { LHSExp, RHSExp };
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001659 AddOperatorCandidates(OO_Subscript, S, LLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
1660 SourceRange(LLoc, RLoc));
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001661
Douglas Gregor40412ac2008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001662 // Perform overload resolution.
1663 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001664 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, LLoc, Best)) {
Douglas Gregor40412ac2008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001665 case OR_Success: {
1666 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1667 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1668
1669 if (FnDecl) {
1670 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1671 // operator.
1672
1673 // Convert the arguments.
1674 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1675 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(LHSExp, Method) ||
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001676 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp,
Douglas Gregor40412ac2008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001677 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1678 "passing"))
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001679 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor40412ac2008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001680 } else {
1681 // Convert the arguments.
1682 if (PerformCopyInitialization(LHSExp,
1683 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1684 "passing") ||
1685 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp,
1686 FnDecl->getParamDecl(1)->getType(),
1687 "passing"))
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001688 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor40412ac2008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001689 }
1690
1691 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001692 QualType ResultTy
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001693 = FnDecl->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
Douglas Gregor40412ac2008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001694 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001695
Douglas Gregor40412ac2008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001696 // Build the actual expression node.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001697 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
1698 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor40412ac2008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001699 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1700
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001701 Base.release();
1702 Idx.release();
Douglas Gregor2517f332009-05-27 05:00:47 +00001703 Args[0] = LHSExp;
1704 Args[1] = RHSExp;
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001705 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Subscript,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001706 FnExpr, Args, 2,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001707 ResultTy, LLoc));
Douglas Gregor40412ac2008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001708 } else {
1709 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1710 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1711 // operator node.
1712 if (PerformCopyInitialization(LHSExp, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1713 "passing") ||
1714 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1],
1715 "passing"))
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001716 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor40412ac2008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001717
1718 break;
1719 }
1720 }
1721
1722 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
1723 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
1724 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
1725 break;
1726
1727 case OR_Ambiguous:
1728 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1729 << "[]"
1730 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1731 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001732 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001733
1734 case OR_Deleted:
1735 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
1736 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
1737 << "[]"
1738 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1739 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
1740 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor40412ac2008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001741 }
1742
1743 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1744 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1745 // build a built-in operation.
1746 }
1747
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001748 // Perform default conversions.
1749 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(LHSExp);
1750 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHSExp);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001751
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001752 QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
Steve Narofff1e53692007-03-23 22:27:02 +00001753
Steve Naroffc1aadb12007-03-28 21:49:40 +00001754 // C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00001755 // to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001756 // in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base
Steve Narofff1e53692007-03-23 22:27:02 +00001757 // and index from the expression types.
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001758 Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr;
1759 QualType ResultType;
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001760 if (LHSTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType()) {
1761 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1762 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1763 ResultType = Context.DependentTy;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001764 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001765 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1766 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001767 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001768 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Chris Lattneraee0cfd2007-07-16 00:23:25 +00001769 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001770 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1771 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001772 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001773 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001774 LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001775 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1776 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1777 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001778 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001779 RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001780 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
1781 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1782 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
1783 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001784 } else if (const VectorType *VTy = LHSTy->getAs<VectorType>()) {
Chris Lattner41977962007-07-31 19:29:30 +00001785 BaseExpr = LHSExp; // vectors: V[123]
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001786 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Nate Begemanc1bf0612009-01-18 00:45:31 +00001787
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001788 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
1789 ResultType = VTy->getElementType();
Eli Friedmanab2784f2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001790 } else if (LHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1791 // If we see an array that wasn't promoted by
1792 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion, it must be an array that
1793 // wasn't promoted because of the C90 rule that doesn't
1794 // allow promoting non-lvalue arrays. Warn, then
1795 // force the promotion here.
1796 Diag(LHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1797 LHSExp->getSourceRange();
1798 ImpCastExprToType(LHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(LHSTy));
1799 LHSTy = LHSExp->getType();
1800
1801 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1802 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001803 ResultType = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Eli Friedmanab2784f2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001804 } else if (RHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1805 // Same as previous, except for 123[f().a] case
1806 Diag(RHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1807 RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1808 ImpCastExprToType(RHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(RHSTy));
1809 RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
1810
1811 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1812 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001813 ResultType = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroffb3096442007-06-09 03:47:53 +00001814 } else {
Chris Lattner003af242009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001815 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value)
1816 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001817 }
Steve Naroffc1aadb12007-03-28 21:49:40 +00001818 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00001819 if (!(IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() &&
1820 IndexExpr->getType()->isScalarType()) && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Chris Lattner003af242009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001821 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
1822 << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroffb29cdd52007-07-10 18:23:31 +00001823
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00001824 if ((IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_S) ||
Sam Weinigb7608d72009-09-14 20:14:57 +00001825 IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_U))
1826 && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Sam Weinig914244e2009-09-14 01:58:58 +00001827 Diag(LLoc, diag::warn_subscript_is_char) << IndexExpr->getSourceRange();
1828
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001829 // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001830 // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object
1831 // type. Note that Functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance)
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001832 // incomplete types are not object types.
1833 if (ResultType->isFunctionType()) {
1834 Diag(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_subscript_function_type)
1835 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1836 return ExprError();
1837 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001838
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001839 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() &&
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001840 RequireCompleteType(LLoc, ResultType,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00001841 PDiag(diag::err_subscript_incomplete_type)
1842 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001843 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001844
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001845 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
1846 if (ResultType->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
1847 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_subscript_nonfragile_interface)
1848 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1849 return ExprError();
1850 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001851
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001852 Base.release();
1853 Idx.release();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001854 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001855 ResultType, RLoc));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001856}
1857
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001858QualType Sema::
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001859CheckExtVectorComponent(QualType baseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001860 const IdentifierInfo *CompName,
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001861 SourceLocation CompLoc) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001862 const ExtVectorType *vecType = baseType->getAs<ExtVectorType>();
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001863
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001864 // The vector accessor can't exceed the number of elements.
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001865 const char *compStr = CompName->getName();
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001866
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001867 // This flag determines whether or not the component is one of the four
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001868 // special names that indicate a subset of exactly half the elements are
1869 // to be selected.
1870 bool HalvingSwizzle = false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001871
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001872 // This flag determines whether or not CompName has an 's' char prefix,
1873 // indicating that it is a string of hex values to be used as vector indices.
Nate Begeman0359e122009-06-25 21:06:09 +00001874 bool HexSwizzle = *compStr == 's' || *compStr == 'S';
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001875
1876 // Check that we've found one of the special components, or that the component
1877 // names must come from the same set.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001878 if (!strcmp(compStr, "hi") || !strcmp(compStr, "lo") ||
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001879 !strcmp(compStr, "even") || !strcmp(compStr, "odd")) {
1880 HalvingSwizzle = true;
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001881 } else if (vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner7e152db2007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001882 do
1883 compStr++;
1884 while (*compStr && vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001885 } else if (HexSwizzle || vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner7e152db2007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001886 do
1887 compStr++;
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001888 while (*compStr && vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Chris Lattner7e152db2007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001889 }
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001890
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001891 if (!HalvingSwizzle && *compStr) {
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001892 // We didn't get to the end of the string. This means the component names
1893 // didn't come from the same set *or* we encountered an illegal name.
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001894 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_name_illegal)
1895 << std::string(compStr,compStr+1) << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001896 return QualType();
1897 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001898
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001899 // Ensure no component accessor exceeds the width of the vector type it
1900 // operates on.
1901 if (!HalvingSwizzle) {
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001902 compStr = CompName->getName();
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001903
1904 if (HexSwizzle)
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001905 compStr++;
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001906
1907 while (*compStr) {
1908 if (!vecType->isAccessorWithinNumElements(*compStr++)) {
1909 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_exceeds_length)
1910 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
1911 return QualType();
1912 }
1913 }
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001914 }
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001915
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001916 // If this is a halving swizzle, verify that the base type has an even
1917 // number of elements.
1918 if (HalvingSwizzle && (vecType->getNumElements() & 1U)) {
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001919 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_requires_even)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00001920 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001921 return QualType();
1922 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001923
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001924 // The component accessor looks fine - now we need to compute the actual type.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001925 // The vector type is implied by the component accessor. For example,
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001926 // vec4.b is a float, vec4.xy is a vec2, vec4.rgb is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001927 // vec4.s0 is a float, vec4.s23 is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001928 // vec4.hi, vec4.lo, vec4.e, and vec4.o all return vec2.
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001929 unsigned CompSize = HalvingSwizzle ? vecType->getNumElements() / 2
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001930 : CompName->getLength();
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001931 if (HexSwizzle)
1932 CompSize--;
1933
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001934 if (CompSize == 1)
1935 return vecType->getElementType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001936
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001937 QualType VT = Context.getExtVectorType(vecType->getElementType(), CompSize);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001938 // Now look up the TypeDefDecl from the vector type. Without this,
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001939 // diagostics look bad. We want extended vector types to appear built-in.
1940 for (unsigned i = 0, E = ExtVectorDecls.size(); i != E; ++i) {
1941 if (ExtVectorDecls[i]->getUnderlyingType() == VT)
1942 return Context.getTypedefType(ExtVectorDecls[i]);
Steve Naroffddf5a1d2007-07-29 16:33:31 +00001943 }
1944 return VT; // should never get here (a typedef type should always be found).
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001945}
1946
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001947static Decl *FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(const ObjCProtocolDecl*PDecl,
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001948 IdentifierInfo *Member,
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001949 const Selector &Sel,
1950 ASTContext &Context) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001951
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001952 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PDecl->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member))
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001953 return PD;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00001954 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = PDecl->getInstanceMethod(Sel))
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001955 return OMD;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001956
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001957 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator I = PDecl->protocol_begin(),
1958 E = PDecl->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001959 if (Decl *D = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel,
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001960 Context))
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001961 return D;
1962 }
1963 return 0;
1964}
1965
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00001966static Decl *FindGetterNameDecl(const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy,
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001967 IdentifierInfo *Member,
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001968 const Selector &Sel,
1969 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001970 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
1971 Decl *GDecl = 0;
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00001972 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001973 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001974 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001975 GDecl = PD;
1976 break;
1977 }
1978 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00001979 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = (*I)->getInstanceMethod(Sel)) {
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001980 GDecl = OMD;
1981 break;
1982 }
1983 }
1984 if (!GDecl) {
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00001985 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001986 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
1987 // Search in the protocol-qualifier list of current protocol.
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001988 GDecl = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel, Context);
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001989 if (GDecl)
1990 return GDecl;
1991 }
1992 }
1993 return GDecl;
1994}
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +00001995
Fariborz Jahanian69ba9352009-04-07 18:28:06 +00001996/// FindMethodInNestedImplementations - Look up a method in current and
1997/// all base class implementations.
1998///
1999ObjCMethodDecl *Sema::FindMethodInNestedImplementations(
2000 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace,
2001 const Selector &Sel) {
2002 ObjCMethodDecl *Method = 0;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis43cee9352009-07-21 00:06:04 +00002003 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl = IFace->getImplementation())
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002004 Method = ImpDecl->getInstanceMethod(Sel);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002005
Fariborz Jahanian69ba9352009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002006 if (!Method && IFace->getSuperClass())
2007 return FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace->getSuperClass(), Sel);
2008 return Method;
2009}
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002010
2011Action::OwningExprResult
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002012Sema::BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002013 tok::TokenKind OpKind, SourceLocation MemberLoc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002014 DeclarationName MemberName,
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002015 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
2016 SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
2017 const TemplateArgument *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2018 unsigned NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
2019 SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
Douglas Gregor2b6ca462009-09-03 21:38:09 +00002020 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl, const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
2021 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope) {
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00002022 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
2023 return ExprError();
2024
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00002025 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
2026 Base = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Base));
2027
Anders Carlsson3cbc8592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00002028 Expr *BaseExpr = Base.takeAs<Expr>();
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002029 assert(BaseExpr && "no base expression");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002030
Steve Naroffeaaae462007-12-16 21:42:28 +00002031 // Perform default conversions.
2032 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002033
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002034 QualType BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00002035 // If this is an Objective-C pseudo-builtin and a definition is provided then
2036 // use that.
2037 if (BaseType->isObjCIdType()) {
2038 // We have an 'id' type. Rather than fall through, we check if this
2039 // is a reference to 'isa'.
2040 if (BaseType != Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType) {
2041 BaseType = Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType;
2042 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType);
2043 }
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00002044 }
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002045 assert(!BaseType.isNull() && "no type for member expression");
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002046
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002047 // Handle properties on ObjC 'Class' types.
2048 if (OpKind == tok::period && BaseType->isObjCClassType()) {
2049 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
2050 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
2051 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
2052 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl()) {
2053 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
2054 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter;
2055 // FIXME: need to also look locally in the implementation.
2056 if ((Getter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Sel))) {
2057 // Check the use of this method.
2058 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
2059 return ExprError();
2060 }
2061 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2062 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
2063 Selector SetterSel =
2064 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
2065 PP.getSelectorTable(), Member);
2066 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(SetterSel);
2067 if (!Setter) {
2068 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2069 // methods.
2070 Setter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, SetterSel);
2071 }
2072 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
2073 if (!Setter)
2074 Setter = IFace->getCategoryClassMethod(SetterSel);
2075
2076 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2077 return ExprError();
2078
2079 if (Getter || Setter) {
2080 QualType PType;
2081
2082 if (Getter)
2083 PType = Getter->getResultType();
2084 else
2085 // Get the expression type from Setter's incoming parameter.
2086 PType = (*(Setter->param_end() -1))->getType();
2087 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
2088 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCImplicitSetterGetterRefExpr(Getter,
2089 PType,
2090 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2091 }
2092 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2093 << MemberName << BaseType);
2094 }
2095 }
2096
2097 if (BaseType->isObjCClassType() &&
2098 BaseType != Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType) {
2099 BaseType = Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType;
2100 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType);
2101 }
2102
Chris Lattner4befd732008-07-21 04:36:39 +00002103 // Get the type being accessed in BaseType. If this is an arrow, the BaseExpr
2104 // must have pointer type, and the accessed type is the pointee.
Steve Narofff1e53692007-03-23 22:27:02 +00002105 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
Douglas Gregor2b6ca462009-09-03 21:38:09 +00002106 if (BaseType->isDependentType()) {
2107 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = 0;
2108 if (SS) {
2109 Qualifier = static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep());
2110 if (!FirstQualifierInScope)
2111 FirstQualifierInScope = FindFirstQualifierInScope(S, Qualifier);
2112 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002113
2114 return Owned(CXXUnresolvedMemberExpr::Create(Context, BaseExpr, true,
Douglas Gregor308047d2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00002115 OpLoc, Qualifier,
Douglas Gregorc26e0f62009-09-03 16:14:30 +00002116 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
Douglas Gregor308047d2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00002117 FirstQualifierInScope,
2118 MemberName,
2119 MemberLoc,
2120 HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
2121 LAngleLoc,
2122 ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2123 NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
2124 RAngleLoc));
Douglas Gregor2b6ca462009-09-03 21:38:09 +00002125 }
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002126 else if (const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002127 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002128 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
2129 ;
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002130 else
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002131 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
2132 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
2133 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002134 } else if (BaseType->isDependentType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002135 // Require that the base type isn't a pointer type
Anders Carlsson524d5a42009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002136 // (so we'll report an error for)
2137 // T* t;
2138 // t.f;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002139 //
Anders Carlsson524d5a42009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002140 // In Obj-C++, however, the above expression is valid, since it could be
2141 // accessing the 'f' property if T is an Obj-C interface. The extra check
2142 // allows this, while still reporting an error if T is a struct pointer.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002143 const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>();
Anders Carlsson524d5a42009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002144
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002145 if (!PT || (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
Douglas Gregor2b6ca462009-09-03 21:38:09 +00002146 !PT->getPointeeType()->isRecordType())) {
2147 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = 0;
2148 if (SS) {
2149 Qualifier = static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep());
2150 if (!FirstQualifierInScope)
2151 FirstQualifierInScope = FindFirstQualifierInScope(S, Qualifier);
2152 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002153
Douglas Gregor308047d2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00002154 return Owned(CXXUnresolvedMemberExpr::Create(Context,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002155 BaseExpr, false,
2156 OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor308047d2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00002157 Qualifier,
Douglas Gregorc26e0f62009-09-03 16:14:30 +00002158 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
Douglas Gregor308047d2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00002159 FirstQualifierInScope,
2160 MemberName,
2161 MemberLoc,
2162 HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
2163 LAngleLoc,
2164 ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2165 NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
2166 RAngleLoc));
Douglas Gregor2b6ca462009-09-03 21:38:09 +00002167 }
Anders Carlsson524d5a42009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002168 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002169
Chris Lattner4befd732008-07-21 04:36:39 +00002170 // Handle field access to simple records. This also handles access to fields
2171 // of the ObjC 'id' struct.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002172 if (const RecordType *RTy = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002173 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
Douglas Gregored0cfbd2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00002174 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, BaseType,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00002175 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag)
2176 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
Douglas Gregordd430f72009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002177 return ExprError();
2178
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00002179 DeclContext *DC = RDecl;
2180 if (SS && SS->isSet()) {
2181 // If the member name was a qualified-id, look into the
2182 // nested-name-specifier.
2183 DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002184
2185 // FIXME: If DC is not computable, we should build a
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00002186 // CXXUnresolvedMemberExpr.
2187 assert(DC && "Cannot handle non-computable dependent contexts in lookup");
2188 }
2189
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002190 // The record definition is complete, now make sure the member is valid.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002191 LookupResult Result
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002192 = LookupQualifiedName(DC, MemberName, LookupMemberName, false);
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002193
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002194 if (!Result)
Anders Carlsson896c2302009-08-30 00:54:35 +00002195 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member_deprecated)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002196 << MemberName << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattnerfe4847e2009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002197 if (Result.isAmbiguous()) {
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002198 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Result, MemberName, MemberLoc,
2199 BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002200 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnerfe4847e2009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002201 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002202
Douglas Gregorc26e0f62009-09-03 16:14:30 +00002203 if (SS && SS->isSet()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002204 QualType BaseTypeCanon
Douglas Gregorc26e0f62009-09-03 16:14:30 +00002205 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseType).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002206 QualType MemberTypeCanon
Douglas Gregorc26e0f62009-09-03 16:14:30 +00002207 = Context.getCanonicalType(
2208 Context.getTypeDeclType(
2209 dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(Result.getAsDecl()->getDeclContext())));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002210
Douglas Gregorc26e0f62009-09-03 16:14:30 +00002211 if (BaseTypeCanon != MemberTypeCanon &&
2212 !IsDerivedFrom(BaseTypeCanon, MemberTypeCanon))
2213 return ExprError(Diag(SS->getBeginLoc(),
2214 diag::err_not_direct_base_or_virtual)
2215 << MemberTypeCanon << BaseTypeCanon);
2216 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002217
Chris Lattnerfe4847e2009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002218 NamedDecl *MemberDecl = Result;
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00002219
Chris Lattner303284a2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00002220 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2221 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2222 // error cases.
2223 if (MemberDecl->isInvalidDecl())
2224 return ExprError();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002225
Anders Carlsson04e1e222009-09-10 20:48:14 +00002226 bool ShouldCheckUse = true;
2227 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2228 // Don't diagnose the use of a virtual member function unless it's
2229 // explicitly qualified.
2230 if (MD->isVirtual() && (!SS || !SS->isSet()))
2231 ShouldCheckUse = false;
2232 }
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00002233
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002234 // Check the use of this field
Anders Carlsson04e1e222009-09-10 20:48:14 +00002235 if (ShouldCheckUse && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(MemberDecl, MemberLoc))
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002236 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner303284a2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00002237
Douglas Gregor55297ac2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002238 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +00002239 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
2240 // (C++ [class.union]).
2241 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00002242 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(MemberLoc, FD,
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002243 BaseExpr, OpLoc);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +00002244
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002245 // Figure out the type of the member; see C99 6.5.2.3p3, C++ [expr.ref]
Douglas Gregor55297ac2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002246 QualType MemberType = FD->getType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002247 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = MemberType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002248 MemberType = Ref->getPointeeType();
2249 else {
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002250 Qualifiers BaseQuals = BaseType.getQualifiers();
2251 BaseQuals.removeObjCGCAttr();
2252 if (FD->isMutable()) BaseQuals.removeConst();
2253
2254 Qualifiers MemberQuals
2255 = Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getQualifiers();
2256
2257 Qualifiers Combined = BaseQuals + MemberQuals;
2258 if (Combined != MemberQuals)
2259 MemberType = Context.getQualifiedType(MemberType, Combined);
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002260 }
Eli Friedman1242fff2008-02-06 22:48:16 +00002261
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002262 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, FD);
Fariborz Jahanian3f150832009-07-29 19:40:11 +00002263 if (PerformObjectMemberConversion(BaseExpr, FD))
2264 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002265 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002266 FD, MemberLoc, MemberType));
Chris Lattnerfe4847e2009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002267 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002268
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002269 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2270 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002271 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
2272 Var, MemberLoc,
2273 Var->getType().getNonReferenceType()));
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002274 }
2275 if (FunctionDecl *MemberFn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2276 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002277 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
2278 MemberFn, MemberLoc,
2279 MemberFn->getType()));
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002280 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002281 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002282 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2283 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002284
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002285 if (HasExplicitTemplateArgs)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002286 return Owned(MemberExpr::Create(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
2287 (NestedNameSpecifier *)(SS? SS->getScopeRep() : 0),
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002288 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002289 FunTmpl, MemberLoc, true,
2290 LAngleLoc, ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2291 NumExplicitTemplateArgs, RAngleLoc,
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002292 Context.OverloadTy));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002293
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002294 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
2295 FunTmpl, MemberLoc,
2296 Context.OverloadTy));
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002297 }
Chris Lattnerfe4847e2009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002298 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002299 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2300 if (HasExplicitTemplateArgs)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002301 return Owned(MemberExpr::Create(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
2302 (NestedNameSpecifier *)(SS? SS->getScopeRep() : 0),
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002303 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002304 Ovl, MemberLoc, true,
2305 LAngleLoc, ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2306 NumExplicitTemplateArgs, RAngleLoc,
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002307 Context.OverloadTy));
2308
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002309 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
2310 Ovl, MemberLoc, Context.OverloadTy));
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002311 }
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002312 if (EnumConstantDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2313 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002314 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
2315 Enum, MemberLoc, Enum->getType()));
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002316 }
Chris Lattnerfe4847e2009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002317 if (isa<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl))
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002318 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_type)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002319 << MemberName << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Eli Friedman1242fff2008-02-06 22:48:16 +00002320
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002321 // We found a declaration kind that we didn't expect. This is a
2322 // generic error message that tells the user that she can't refer
2323 // to this member with '.' or '->'.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002324 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
2325 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_unknown)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002326 << MemberName << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002327 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002328
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002329 // Handle pseudo-destructors (C++ [expr.pseudo]). Since anything referring
2330 // into a record type was handled above, any destructor we see here is a
2331 // pseudo-destructor.
2332 if (MemberName.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
2333 // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002334 // The left hand side of the dot operator shall be of scalar type. The
2335 // left hand side of the arrow operator shall be of pointer to scalar
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002336 // type.
2337 if (!BaseType->isScalarType())
2338 return Owned(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_base_not_scalar)
2339 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002340
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002341 // [...] The type designated by the pseudo-destructor-name shall be the
2342 // same as the object type.
2343 if (!MemberName.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType() &&
2344 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(BaseType, MemberName.getCXXNameType()))
2345 return Owned(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_type_mismatch)
2346 << BaseType << MemberName.getCXXNameType()
2347 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange() << SourceRange(MemberLoc));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002348
2349 // [...] Furthermore, the two type-names in a pseudo-destructor-name of
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002350 // the form
2351 //
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002352 // ::[opt] nested-name-specifier[opt] type-name :: ̃ type-name
2353 //
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002354 // shall designate the same scalar type.
2355 //
2356 // FIXME: DPG can't see any way to trigger this particular clause, so it
2357 // isn't checked here.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002358
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002359 // FIXME: We've lost the precise spelling of the type by going through
2360 // DeclarationName. Can we do better?
2361 return Owned(new (Context) CXXPseudoDestructorExpr(Context, BaseExpr,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002362 OpKind == tok::arrow,
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002363 OpLoc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002364 (NestedNameSpecifier *)(SS? SS->getScopeRep() : 0),
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002365 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
2366 MemberName.getCXXNameType(),
2367 MemberLoc));
2368 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002369
Chris Lattnerdc420f42008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002370 // Handle access to Objective-C instance variables, such as "Obj->ivar" and
2371 // (*Obj).ivar.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002372 if ((OpKind == tok::arrow && BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
2373 (OpKind == tok::period && BaseType->isObjCInterfaceType())) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002374 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002375 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002376 OPT ? OPT->getInterfaceType() : BaseType->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002377 if (IFaceT) {
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002378 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
2379
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002380 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = IFaceT->getDecl();
2381 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002382 ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IDecl->lookupInstanceVariable(Member, ClassDeclared);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002383
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002384 if (IV) {
2385 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2386 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2387 // error cases.
2388 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
2389 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002390
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002391 // Check whether we can reference this field.
2392 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, MemberLoc))
2393 return ExprError();
2394 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Public &&
2395 IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Package) {
2396 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassOfMethodDecl = 0;
2397 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
2398 ClassOfMethodDecl = MD->getClassInterface();
2399 else if (ObjCImpDecl && getCurFunctionDecl()) {
2400 // Case of a c-function declared inside an objc implementation.
2401 // FIXME: For a c-style function nested inside an objc implementation
2402 // class, there is no implementation context available, so we pass
2403 // down the context as argument to this routine. Ideally, this context
2404 // need be passed down in the AST node and somehow calculated from the
2405 // AST for a function decl.
2406 Decl *ImplDecl = ObjCImpDecl.getAs<Decl>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002407 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPD =
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002408 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(ImplDecl))
2409 ClassOfMethodDecl = IMPD->getClassInterface();
2410 else if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl* CatImplClass =
2411 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(ImplDecl))
2412 ClassOfMethodDecl = CatImplClass->getClassInterface();
2413 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002414
2415 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private) {
2416 if (ClassDeclared != IDecl ||
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002417 ClassOfMethodDecl != ClassDeclared)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002418 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_private_ivar_access)
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002419 << IV->getDeclName();
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +00002420 } else if (!IDecl->isSuperClassOf(ClassOfMethodDecl))
2421 // @protected
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002422 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_protected_ivar_access)
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002423 << IV->getDeclName();
Steve Naroffd1b64be2009-03-04 18:34:24 +00002424 }
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002425
2426 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(),
2427 MemberLoc, BaseExpr,
2428 OpKind == tok::arrow));
Fariborz Jahaniana458c4f2009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002429 }
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002430 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002431 << IDecl->getDeclName() << MemberName
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002432 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Fariborz Jahanianb1378f92008-12-13 22:20:28 +00002433 }
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002434 }
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00002435 // Handle properties on 'id' and qualified "id".
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002436 if (OpKind == tok::period && (BaseType->isObjCIdType() ||
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00002437 BaseType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002438 const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002439 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002440
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002441 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002442 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002443 if (Decl *PMDecl = FindGetterNameDecl(QIdTy, Member, Sel, Context)) {
2444 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(PMDecl)) {
2445 // Check the use of this declaration
2446 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2447 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002448
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002449 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
2450 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2451 }
2452 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(PMDecl)) {
2453 // Check the use of this method.
2454 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OMD, MemberLoc))
2455 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002456
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002457 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCMessageExpr(BaseExpr, Sel,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002458 OMD->getResultType(),
2459 OMD, OpLoc, MemberLoc,
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002460 NULL, 0));
2461 }
2462 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002463
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002464 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002465 << MemberName << BaseType);
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002466 }
Chris Lattnerdc420f42008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002467 // Handle Objective-C property access, which is "Obj.property" where Obj is a
2468 // pointer to a (potentially qualified) interface type.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002469 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002470 if (OpKind == tok::period &&
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002471 (OPT = BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())) {
2472 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT = OPT->getInterfaceType();
2473 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFaceT->getDecl();
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002474 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002475
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002476 // Search for a declared property first.
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002477 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = IFace->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002478 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2479 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2480 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanianb2ab73d2009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002481 QualType ResTy = PD->getType();
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002482 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002483 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
Fariborz Jahanianfe9e3942009-05-08 20:20:55 +00002484 if (DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(PD, Getter, MemberLoc))
2485 ResTy = Getter->getResultType();
Fariborz Jahanianb2ab73d2009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002486 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, ResTy,
Chris Lattner43df5562009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002487 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2488 }
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002489 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00002490 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
2491 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002492 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002493 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2494 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2495 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner43df5562009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002496
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002497 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner43df5562009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002498 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2499 }
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002500 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
2501 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002502 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002503 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2504 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2505 return ExprError();
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002506
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002507 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
2508 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2509 }
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002510 // If that failed, look for an "implicit" property by seeing if the nullary
2511 // selector is implemented.
2512
2513 // FIXME: The logic for looking up nullary and unary selectors should be
2514 // shared with the code in ActOnInstanceMessage.
2515
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002516 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002517 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002518
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002519 // If this reference is in an @implementation, check for 'private' methods.
2520 if (!Getter)
Fariborz Jahanian69ba9352009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002521 Getter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, Sel);
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002522
Steve Naroff1df62692008-10-22 19:16:27 +00002523 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1559d67b2009-07-21 00:06:20 +00002524 if (!Getter)
2525 Getter = IFace->getCategoryInstanceMethod(Sel);
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002526 if (Getter) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002527 // Check if we can reference this property.
2528 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
2529 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002530 }
2531 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2532 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002533 Selector SetterSel =
2534 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002535 PP.getSelectorTable(), Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002536 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002537 if (!Setter) {
2538 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2539 // methods.
Fariborz Jahanian69ba9352009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002540 Setter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, SetterSel);
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002541 }
2542 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1559d67b2009-07-21 00:06:20 +00002543 if (!Setter)
2544 Setter = IFace->getCategoryInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002545
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002546 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2547 return ExprError();
2548
2549 if (Getter || Setter) {
2550 QualType PType;
2551
2552 if (Getter)
2553 PType = Getter->getResultType();
Fariborz Jahanian88cc2342009-08-18 20:50:23 +00002554 else
2555 // Get the expression type from Setter's incoming parameter.
2556 PType = (*(Setter->param_end() -1))->getType();
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002557 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
Fariborz Jahanian9a846652009-08-20 17:02:02 +00002558 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCImplicitSetterGetterRefExpr(Getter, PType,
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002559 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2560 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002561 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002562 << MemberName << BaseType);
Fariborz Jahanian21f54ee2007-11-12 22:29:28 +00002563 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002564
Steve Naroffe87026a2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002565 // Handle the following exceptional case (*Obj).isa.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002566 if (OpKind == tok::period &&
Steve Naroffe87026a2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002567 BaseType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCId) &&
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002568 MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("isa"))
Steve Naroffe87026a2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002569 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIsaExpr(BaseExpr, false, MemberLoc,
2570 Context.getObjCIdType()));
2571
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002572 // Handle 'field access' to vectors, such as 'V.xx'.
Chris Lattner6c7ce102009-02-16 21:11:58 +00002573 if (BaseType->isExtVectorType()) {
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002574 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002575 QualType ret = CheckExtVectorComponent(BaseType, OpLoc, Member, MemberLoc);
2576 if (ret.isNull())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002577 return ExprError();
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002578 return Owned(new (Context) ExtVectorElementExpr(ret, BaseExpr, *Member,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002579 MemberLoc));
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002580 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002581
Douglas Gregor0b08ba42009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002582 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
2583 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2584
2585 // If the user is trying to apply -> or . to a function or function
2586 // pointer, it's probably because they forgot parentheses to call
2587 // the function. Suggest the addition of those parentheses.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002588 if (BaseType == Context.OverloadTy ||
Douglas Gregor0b08ba42009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002589 BaseType->isFunctionType() ||
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002590 (BaseType->isPointerType() &&
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002591 BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()->isFunctionType())) {
Douglas Gregor0b08ba42009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002592 SourceLocation Loc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(BaseExpr->getLocEnd());
2593 Diag(Loc, diag::note_member_reference_needs_call)
2594 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "()");
2595 }
2596
2597 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00002598}
2599
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002600Action::OwningExprResult
2601Sema::ActOnMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation OpLoc,
2602 tok::TokenKind OpKind, SourceLocation MemberLoc,
2603 IdentifierInfo &Member,
2604 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl, const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002605 return BuildMemberReferenceExpr(S, move(Base), OpLoc, OpKind, MemberLoc,
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002606 DeclarationName(&Member), ObjCImpDecl, SS);
2607}
2608
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002609Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc,
2610 FunctionDecl *FD,
2611 ParmVarDecl *Param) {
2612 if (Param->hasUnparsedDefaultArg()) {
2613 Diag (CallLoc,
2614 diag::err_use_of_default_argument_to_function_declared_later) <<
2615 FD << cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getDeclName();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002616 Diag(UnparsedDefaultArgLocs[Param],
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002617 diag::note_default_argument_declared_here);
2618 } else {
2619 if (Param->hasUninstantiatedDefaultArg()) {
2620 Expr *UninstExpr = Param->getUninstantiatedDefaultArg();
2621
2622 // Instantiate the expression.
Douglas Gregor01afeef2009-08-28 20:31:08 +00002623 MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList ArgList = getTemplateInstantiationArgs(FD);
Anders Carlsson657bad42009-09-05 05:14:19 +00002624
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002625 InstantiatingTemplate Inst(*this, CallLoc, Param,
2626 ArgList.getInnermost().getFlatArgumentList(),
Douglas Gregor01afeef2009-08-28 20:31:08 +00002627 ArgList.getInnermost().flat_size());
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002628
John McCall76d824f2009-08-25 22:02:44 +00002629 OwningExprResult Result = SubstExpr(UninstExpr, ArgList);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002630 if (Result.isInvalid())
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002631 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002632
2633 if (SetParamDefaultArgument(Param, move(Result),
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002634 /*FIXME:EqualLoc*/
2635 UninstExpr->getSourceRange().getBegin()))
2636 return ExprError();
2637 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002638
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002639 Expr *DefaultExpr = Param->getDefaultArg();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002640
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002641 // If the default expression creates temporaries, we need to
2642 // push them to the current stack of expression temporaries so they'll
2643 // be properly destroyed.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002644 if (CXXExprWithTemporaries *E
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002645 = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXExprWithTemporaries>(DefaultExpr)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002646 assert(!E->shouldDestroyTemporaries() &&
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002647 "Can't destroy temporaries in a default argument expr!");
2648 for (unsigned I = 0, N = E->getNumTemporaries(); I != N; ++I)
2649 ExprTemporaries.push_back(E->getTemporary(I));
2650 }
2651 }
2652
2653 // We already type-checked the argument, so we know it works.
2654 return Owned(CXXDefaultArgExpr::Create(Context, Param));
2655}
2656
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002657/// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in
2658/// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with
2659/// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and
2660/// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this
2661/// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns
2662/// true if the call is ill-formed.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002663bool
2664Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002665 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002666 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002667 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2668 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002669 // C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002670 // assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ...
2671 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
2672 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
Douglas Gregorb6b99612009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002673 bool Invalid = false;
2674
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002675 // If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default
2676 // arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call.
2677 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
2678 if (!FDecl || NumArgs < FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments())
2679 return Diag(RParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
2680 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange();
2681 // Use default arguments for missing arguments
2682 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002683 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002684 }
2685
2686 // If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop
2687 // them.
2688 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto) {
2689 if (!Proto->isVariadic()) {
2690 Diag(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2691 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
2692 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange()
2693 << SourceRange(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2694 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd());
2695 // This deletes the extra arguments.
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002696 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregorb6b99612009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002697 Invalid = true;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002698 }
2699 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
2700 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002701
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002702 // Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args).
2703 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
2704 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getArgType(i);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002705
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002706 Expr *Arg;
Douglas Gregor58354032008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002707 if (i < NumArgs) {
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002708 Arg = Args[i];
Douglas Gregor58354032008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002709
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002710 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2711 ProtoArgType,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00002712 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_argument)
2713 << Arg->getSourceRange()))
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002714 return true;
2715
Douglas Gregor58354032008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002716 // Pass the argument.
2717 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, ProtoArgType, "passing"))
2718 return true;
Anders Carlsson84613c42009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002719 } else {
Anders Carlssonc80a1272009-08-25 02:29:20 +00002720 ParmVarDecl *Param = FDecl->getParamDecl(i);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002721
2722 OwningExprResult ArgExpr =
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002723 BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(Call->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2724 FDecl, Param);
2725 if (ArgExpr.isInvalid())
2726 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002727
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002728 Arg = ArgExpr.takeAs<Expr>();
Anders Carlsson84613c42009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002729 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002730
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002731 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2732 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002733
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002734 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
2735 if (Proto->isVariadic()) {
Anders Carlssona7d069d2009-01-16 16:48:51 +00002736 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicFunction;
2737 if (Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType())
2738 CallType = VariadicBlock; // Block
2739 else if (isa<MemberExpr>(Fn))
2740 CallType = VariadicMethod;
2741
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002742 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
2743 for (unsigned i = NumArgsInProto; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2744 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00002745 Invalid |= DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, CallType);
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002746 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2747 }
2748 }
2749
Douglas Gregorb6b99612009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002750 return Invalid;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002751}
2752
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002753/// \brief "Deconstruct" the function argument of a call expression to find
2754/// the underlying declaration (if any), the name of the called function,
2755/// whether argument-dependent lookup is available, whether it has explicit
2756/// template arguments, etc.
2757void Sema::DeconstructCallFunction(Expr *FnExpr,
2758 NamedDecl *&Function,
2759 DeclarationName &Name,
2760 NestedNameSpecifier *&Qualifier,
2761 SourceRange &QualifierRange,
2762 bool &ArgumentDependentLookup,
2763 bool &HasExplicitTemplateArguments,
2764 const TemplateArgument *&ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2765 unsigned &NumExplicitTemplateArgs) {
2766 // Set defaults for all of the output parameters.
2767 Function = 0;
2768 Name = DeclarationName();
2769 Qualifier = 0;
2770 QualifierRange = SourceRange();
2771 ArgumentDependentLookup = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus;
2772 HasExplicitTemplateArguments = false;
2773
2774 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
2775 // Also, in C++, keep track of whether we should perform argument-dependent
2776 // lookup and whether there were any explicitly-specified template arguments.
2777 while (true) {
2778 if (ImplicitCastExpr *IcExpr = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(FnExpr))
2779 FnExpr = IcExpr->getSubExpr();
2780 else if (ParenExpr *PExpr = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2781 // Parentheses around a function disable ADL
2782 // (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
2783 ArgumentDependentLookup = false;
2784 FnExpr = PExpr->getSubExpr();
2785 } else if (isa<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr) &&
2786 cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getOpcode()
2787 == UnaryOperator::AddrOf) {
2788 FnExpr = cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getSubExpr();
2789 } else if (QualifiedDeclRefExpr *QDRExpr
2790 = dyn_cast<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2791 // Qualified names disable ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
2792 ArgumentDependentLookup = false;
2793 Qualifier = QDRExpr->getQualifier();
2794 QualifierRange = QDRExpr->getQualifierRange();
2795 Function = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(QDRExpr->getDecl());
2796 break;
2797 } else if (DeclRefExpr *DRExpr = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2798 Function = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl());
2799 break;
2800 } else if (UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr *DepName
2801 = dyn_cast<UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2802 Name = DepName->getName();
2803 break;
2804 } else if (TemplateIdRefExpr *TemplateIdRef
2805 = dyn_cast<TemplateIdRefExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2806 Function = TemplateIdRef->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl();
2807 if (!Function)
2808 Function = TemplateIdRef->getTemplateName().getAsOverloadedFunctionDecl();
2809 HasExplicitTemplateArguments = true;
2810 ExplicitTemplateArgs = TemplateIdRef->getTemplateArgs();
2811 NumExplicitTemplateArgs = TemplateIdRef->getNumTemplateArgs();
2812
2813 // C++ [temp.arg.explicit]p6:
2814 // [Note: For simple function names, argument dependent lookup (3.4.2)
2815 // applies even when the function name is not visible within the
2816 // scope of the call. This is because the call still has the syntactic
2817 // form of a function call (3.4.1). But when a function template with
2818 // explicit template arguments is used, the call does not have the
2819 // correct syntactic form unless there is a function template with
2820 // that name visible at the point of the call. If no such name is
2821 // visible, the call is not syntactically well-formed and
2822 // argument-dependent lookup does not apply. If some such name is
2823 // visible, argument dependent lookup applies and additional function
2824 // templates may be found in other namespaces.
2825 //
2826 // The summary of this paragraph is that, if we get to this point and the
2827 // template-id was not a qualified name, then argument-dependent lookup
2828 // is still possible.
2829 if ((Qualifier = TemplateIdRef->getQualifier())) {
2830 ArgumentDependentLookup = false;
2831 QualifierRange = TemplateIdRef->getQualifierRange();
2832 }
2833 break;
2834 } else {
2835 // Any kind of name that does not refer to a declaration (or
2836 // set of declarations) disables ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3).
2837 ArgumentDependentLookup = false;
2838 break;
2839 }
2840 }
2841}
2842
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002843/// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00002844/// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
2845/// locations.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002846Action::OwningExprResult
2847Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2848 MultiExprArg args,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002849 SourceLocation *CommaLocs, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002850 unsigned NumArgs = args.size();
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00002851
2852 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
2853 fn = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(fn));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002854
Anders Carlsson3cbc8592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00002855 Expr *Fn = fn.takeAs<Expr>();
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002856 Expr **Args = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(args.release());
Chris Lattner38dbdb22007-07-21 03:03:59 +00002857 assert(Fn && "no function call expression");
Chris Lattneraa9c7ae2008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002858 FunctionDecl *FDecl = NULL;
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002859 NamedDecl *NDecl = NULL;
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002860 DeclarationName UnqualifiedName;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002861
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002862 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002863 // If this is a pseudo-destructor expression, build the call immediately.
2864 if (isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(Fn)) {
2865 if (NumArgs > 0) {
2866 // Pseudo-destructor calls should not have any arguments.
2867 Diag(Fn->getLocStart(), diag::err_pseudo_dtor_call_with_args)
2868 << CodeModificationHint::CreateRemoval(
2869 SourceRange(Args[0]->getLocStart(),
2870 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd()));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002871
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002872 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I)
2873 Args[I]->Destroy(Context);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002874
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002875 NumArgs = 0;
2876 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002877
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002878 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, 0, 0, Context.VoidTy,
2879 RParenLoc));
2880 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002881
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002882 // Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template,
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002883 // in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now.
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00002884 // FIXME: Will need to cache the results of name lookup (including ADL) in
2885 // Fn.
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002886 bool Dependent = false;
2887 if (Fn->isTypeDependent())
2888 Dependent = true;
2889 else if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Args, NumArgs))
2890 Dependent = true;
2891
2892 if (Dependent)
Ted Kremenekd7b4f402009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002893 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002894 Context.DependentTy, RParenLoc));
2895
2896 // Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]).
2897 if (Fn->getType()->isRecordType())
2898 return Owned(BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2899 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
2900
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002901 // Determine whether this is a call to a member function.
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002902 if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Fn->IgnoreParens())) {
2903 NamedDecl *MemDecl = MemExpr->getMemberDecl();
2904 if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemDecl) ||
2905 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(MemDecl) ||
2906 (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(MemDecl) &&
2907 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(
2908 cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(MemDecl)->getTemplatedDecl())))
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002909 return Owned(BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2910 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002911 }
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002912 }
2913
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002914 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002915 // Also, in C++, keep track of whether we should perform argument-dependent
Douglas Gregor89026b52009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002916 // lookup and whether there were any explicitly-specified template arguments.
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002917 bool ADL = true;
Douglas Gregor89026b52009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002918 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
2919 const TemplateArgument *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
2920 unsigned NumExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002921 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = 0;
2922 SourceRange QualifierRange;
2923 DeconstructCallFunction(Fn, NDecl, UnqualifiedName, Qualifier, QualifierRange,
2924 ADL,HasExplicitTemplateArgs, ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2925 NumExplicitTemplateArgs);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002926
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002927 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = 0;
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002928 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0;
Douglas Gregora727cb92009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002929 if (NDecl) {
2930 FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NDecl);
2931 if ((FunctionTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(NDecl)))
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002932 FDecl = FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl();
2933 else
Douglas Gregora727cb92009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002934 FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NDecl);
2935 Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(NDecl);
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002936 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002937
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002938 if (Ovl || FunctionTemplate ||
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002939 (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (FDecl || UnqualifiedName))) {
Douglas Gregorb9063fc2009-02-13 23:20:09 +00002940 // We don't perform ADL for implicit declarations of builtins.
Douglas Gregor15fc9562009-09-12 00:22:50 +00002941 if (FDecl && FDecl->getBuiltinID() && FDecl->isImplicit())
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002942 ADL = false;
2943
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +00002944 // We don't perform ADL in C.
2945 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
2946 ADL = false;
2947
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002948 if (Ovl || FunctionTemplate || ADL) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002949 FDecl = ResolveOverloadedCallFn(Fn, NDecl, UnqualifiedName,
Douglas Gregor89026b52009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002950 HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
2951 ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2952 NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002953 LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs, CommaLocs,
Douglas Gregor89026b52009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002954 RParenLoc, ADL);
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002955 if (!FDecl)
2956 return ExprError();
2957
2958 // Update Fn to refer to the actual function selected.
2959 Expr *NewFn = 0;
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002960 if (Qualifier)
Douglas Gregorf21eb492009-03-26 23:50:42 +00002961 NewFn = new (Context) QualifiedDeclRefExpr(FDecl, FDecl->getType(),
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002962 Fn->getLocStart(),
Douglas Gregorf21eb492009-03-26 23:50:42 +00002963 false, false,
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002964 QualifierRange,
2965 Qualifier);
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002966 else
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002967 NewFn = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FDecl, FDecl->getType(),
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002968 Fn->getLocStart());
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002969 Fn->Destroy(Context);
2970 Fn = NewFn;
2971 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002972 }
Chris Lattneraa9c7ae2008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002973
2974 // Promote the function operand.
2975 UsualUnaryConversions(Fn);
2976
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002977 // Make the call expr early, before semantic checks. This guarantees cleanup
2978 // of arguments and function on error.
Ted Kremenekd7b4f402009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002979 ExprOwningPtr<CallExpr> TheCall(this, new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn,
2980 Args, NumArgs,
2981 Context.BoolTy,
2982 RParenLoc));
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002983
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002984 const FunctionType *FuncT;
2985 if (!Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
2986 // C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall
2987 // have type pointer to function".
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002988 const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002989 if (PT == 0)
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002990 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2991 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002992 FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002993 } else { // This is a block call.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002994 FuncT = Fn->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002995 getAs<FunctionType>();
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002996 }
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002997 if (FuncT == 0)
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002998 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2999 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
3000
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003001 // Check for a valid return type
3002 if (!FuncT->getResultType()->isVoidType() &&
3003 RequireCompleteType(Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
3004 FuncT->getResultType(),
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003005 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_return)
3006 << TheCall->getSourceRange()))
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003007 return ExprError();
3008
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003009 // We know the result type of the call, set it.
Douglas Gregor786ab212008-10-29 02:00:59 +00003010 TheCall->setType(FuncT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType());
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003011
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00003012 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FuncT)) {
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003013 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003014 RParenLoc))
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003015 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003016 } else {
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00003017 assert(isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!");
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003018
Douglas Gregord8e97de2009-04-02 15:37:10 +00003019 if (FDecl) {
3020 // Check if we have too few/too many template arguments, based
3021 // on our knowledge of the function definition.
3022 const FunctionDecl *Def = 0;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisddcd1322009-06-30 02:35:26 +00003023 if (FDecl->getBody(Def) && NumArgs != Def->param_size()) {
Eli Friedmanfcbf7d22009-06-01 09:24:59 +00003024 const FunctionProtoType *Proto =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003025 Def->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
Eli Friedmanfcbf7d22009-06-01 09:24:59 +00003026 if (!Proto || !(Proto->isVariadic() && NumArgs >= Def->param_size())) {
3027 Diag(RParenLoc, diag::warn_call_wrong_number_of_arguments)
3028 << (NumArgs > Def->param_size()) << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange();
3029 }
3030 }
Douglas Gregord8e97de2009-04-02 15:37:10 +00003031 }
3032
Steve Naroff0b661582007-08-28 23:30:39 +00003033 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6).
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003034 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; i++) {
3035 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
3036 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Arg);
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003037 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
3038 Arg->getType(),
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003039 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_argument)
3040 << Arg->getSourceRange()))
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003041 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003042 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg);
Steve Naroff0b661582007-08-28 23:30:39 +00003043 }
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00003044 }
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003045
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003046 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
3047 if (!Method->isStatic())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003048 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object)
3049 << Fn->getSourceRange());
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003050
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +00003051 // Check for sentinels
3052 if (NDecl)
3053 DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003054
Chris Lattnerb87b1b32007-08-10 20:18:51 +00003055 // Do special checking on direct calls to functions.
Anders Carlssonbc4c1072009-08-16 01:56:34 +00003056 if (FDecl) {
3057 if (CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall.get()))
3058 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003059
Douglas Gregor15fc9562009-09-12 00:22:50 +00003060 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FDecl->getBuiltinID())
Anders Carlssonbc4c1072009-08-16 01:56:34 +00003061 return CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall.take());
3062 } else if (NDecl) {
3063 if (CheckBlockCall(NDecl, TheCall.get()))
3064 return ExprError();
3065 }
Chris Lattnerb87b1b32007-08-10 20:18:51 +00003066
Anders Carlssonf8984012009-08-16 03:06:32 +00003067 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.take());
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00003068}
3069
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003070Action::OwningExprResult
3071Sema::ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
3072 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg InitExpr) {
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003073 assert((Ty != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type");
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00003074 //FIXME: Preserve type source info.
3075 QualType literalType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty);
Steve Naroff57eb2c52007-07-19 21:32:11 +00003076 // FIXME: put back this assert when initializers are worked out.
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003077 //assert((InitExpr != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression");
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003078 Expr *literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(InitExpr.get());
Anders Carlsson2c1ec6d2007-12-05 07:24:19 +00003079
Eli Friedman37a186d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00003080 if (literalType->isArrayType()) {
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003081 if (literalType->isVariableArrayType())
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003082 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_variable_object_no_init)
3083 << SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()));
Douglas Gregor1c37d9e2009-05-21 23:48:18 +00003084 } else if (!literalType->isDependentType() &&
3085 RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003086 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003087 << SourceRange(LParenLoc,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003088 literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003089 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman37a186d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00003090
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003091 if (CheckInitializerTypes(literalExpr, literalType, LParenLoc,
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003092 DeclarationName(), /*FIXME:DirectInit=*/false))
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003093 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffd32419d2008-01-14 18:19:28 +00003094
Chris Lattner79413952008-12-04 23:50:19 +00003095 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Steve Naroffd32419d2008-01-14 18:19:28 +00003096 if (isFileScope) { // 6.5.2.5p3
Steve Naroff98f72032008-01-10 22:15:12 +00003097 if (CheckForConstantInitializer(literalExpr, literalType))
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003098 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff98f72032008-01-10 22:15:12 +00003099 }
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003100 InitExpr.release();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003101 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, literalType,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003102 literalExpr, isFileScope));
Steve Narofffbd09832007-07-19 01:06:55 +00003103}
3104
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003105Action::OwningExprResult
3106Sema::ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg initlist,
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003107 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
3108 unsigned NumInit = initlist.size();
3109 Expr **InitList = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(initlist.release());
Anders Carlsson4692db02007-08-31 04:56:16 +00003110
Steve Naroff30d242c2007-09-15 18:49:24 +00003111 // Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003112 // CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being intialized.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003113
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003114 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LBraceLoc, InitList, NumInit,
Douglas Gregor347f7ea2009-01-28 21:54:33 +00003115 RBraceLoc);
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003116 E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003117 return Owned(E);
Steve Narofffbd09832007-07-19 01:06:55 +00003118}
3119
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003120/// CheckCastTypes - Check type constraints for casting between types.
Sebastian Redl955a0672009-07-29 13:50:23 +00003121bool Sema::CheckCastTypes(SourceRange TyR, QualType castType, Expr *&castExpr,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003122 CastExpr::CastKind& Kind,
Fariborz Jahanian1cec0c42009-08-26 18:55:36 +00003123 CXXMethodDecl *& ConversionDecl,
3124 bool FunctionalStyle) {
Sebastian Redl9f831db2009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003125 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
Fariborz Jahanian1cec0c42009-08-26 18:55:36 +00003126 return CXXCheckCStyleCast(TyR, castType, castExpr, Kind, FunctionalStyle,
3127 ConversionDecl);
Sebastian Redl9f831db2009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003128
Eli Friedmanda8d4de2009-08-15 19:02:19 +00003129 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(castExpr);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003130
3131 // C99 6.5.4p2: the cast type needs to be void or scalar and the expression
3132 // type needs to be scalar.
3133 if (castType->isVoidType()) {
3134 // Cast to void allows any expr type.
3135 } else if (!castType->isScalarType() && !castType->isVectorType()) {
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003136 if (Context.getCanonicalType(castType).getUnqualifiedType() ==
3137 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType().getUnqualifiedType()) &&
3138 (castType->isStructureType() || castType->isUnionType())) {
3139 // GCC struct/union extension: allow cast to self.
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00003140 // FIXME: Check that the cast destination type is complete.
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003141 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_nonscalar)
3142 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssonec143772009-08-07 23:22:37 +00003143 Kind = CastExpr::CK_NoOp;
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003144 } else if (castType->isUnionType()) {
3145 // GCC cast to union extension
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003146 RecordDecl *RD = castType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003147 RecordDecl::field_iterator Field, FieldEnd;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003148 for (Field = RD->field_begin(), FieldEnd = RD->field_end();
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003149 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
3150 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Field->getType()).getUnqualifiedType() ==
3151 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType()) {
3152 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_to_union)
3153 << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3154 break;
3155 }
3156 }
3157 if (Field == FieldEnd)
3158 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cast_to_union_no_type)
3159 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssonec143772009-08-07 23:22:37 +00003160 Kind = CastExpr::CK_ToUnion;
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003161 } else {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003162 // Reject any other conversions to non-scalar types.
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003163 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003164 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003165 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003166 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isScalarType() &&
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003167 !castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003168 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3169 diag::err_typecheck_expect_scalar_operand)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003170 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003171 } else if (castType->isExtVectorType()) {
3172 if (CheckExtVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType()))
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003173 return true;
3174 } else if (castType->isVectorType()) {
3175 if (CheckVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType()))
3176 return true;
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003177 } else if (castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3178 if (CheckVectorCast(TyR, castExpr->getType(), castType))
3179 return true;
Steve Naroff3f49fee2009-03-04 15:11:40 +00003180 } else if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && isa<ObjCSuperExpr>(castExpr)) {
Steve Naroffb47acdb2009-04-08 23:52:26 +00003181 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_illegal_super_cast) << TyR;
Eli Friedmanf4e3ad62009-05-01 02:23:58 +00003182 } else if (!castType->isArithmeticType()) {
3183 QualType castExprType = castExpr->getType();
3184 if (!castExprType->isIntegralType() && castExprType->isArithmeticType())
3185 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3186 diag::err_cast_pointer_from_non_pointer_int)
3187 << castExprType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3188 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
3189 if (!castType->isIntegralType() && castType->isArithmeticType())
3190 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3191 diag::err_cast_pointer_to_non_pointer_int)
3192 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003193 }
Fariborz Jahanian88fead82009-05-22 21:42:52 +00003194 if (isa<ObjCSelectorExpr>(castExpr))
3195 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_cast_selector_expr);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003196 return false;
3197}
3198
Chris Lattner6c9ffe92007-12-20 00:44:32 +00003199bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty) {
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003200 assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!");
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003201
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003202 if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +00003203 if (Context.getTypeSize(VectorTy) != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003204 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003205 Ty->isVectorType() ?
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003206 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors :
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003207 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003208 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003209 } else
3210 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003211 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003212 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003213
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003214 return false;
3215}
3216
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003217bool Sema::CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, QualType SrcTy) {
3218 assert(DestTy->isExtVectorType() && "Not an extended vector type!");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003219
Nate Begemanc8961a42009-06-27 22:05:55 +00003220 // If SrcTy is a VectorType, the total size must match to explicitly cast to
3221 // an ExtVectorType.
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003222 if (SrcTy->isVectorType()) {
3223 if (Context.getTypeSize(DestTy) != Context.getTypeSize(SrcTy))
3224 return Diag(R.getBegin(),diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_ext_vectors)
3225 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
3226 return false;
3227 }
3228
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003229 // All non-pointer scalars can be cast to ExtVector type. The appropriate
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003230 // conversion will take place first from scalar to elt type, and then
3231 // splat from elt type to vector.
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003232 if (SrcTy->isPointerType())
3233 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
3234 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
3235 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003236 return false;
3237}
3238
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003239Action::OwningExprResult
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003240Sema::ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003241 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op) {
Anders Carlssonf10e4142009-08-07 22:21:05 +00003242 CastExpr::CastKind Kind = CastExpr::CK_Unknown;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003243
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003244 assert((Ty != 0) && (Op.get() != 0) &&
3245 "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr");
Steve Naroff1a2cf6b2007-07-16 23:25:18 +00003246
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003247 Expr *castExpr = (Expr *)Op.get();
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00003248 //FIXME: Preserve type source info.
3249 QualType castType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003250
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003251 // If the Expr being casted is a ParenListExpr, handle it specially.
3252 if (isa<ParenListExpr>(castExpr))
3253 return ActOnCastOfParenListExpr(S, LParenLoc, RParenLoc, move(Op),castType);
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003254 CXXMethodDecl *Method = 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003255 if (CheckCastTypes(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc), castType, castExpr,
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003256 Kind, Method))
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003257 return ExprError();
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003258
3259 if (Method) {
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00003260 OwningExprResult CastArg = BuildCXXCastArgument(LParenLoc, castType, Kind,
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003261 Method, move(Op));
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00003262
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003263 if (CastArg.isInvalid())
3264 return ExprError();
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00003265
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003266 castExpr = CastArg.takeAs<Expr>();
3267 } else {
3268 Op.release();
Fariborz Jahanian3df87672009-08-29 19:15:16 +00003269 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003270
Sebastian Redl9f831db2009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003271 return Owned(new (Context) CStyleCastExpr(castType.getNonReferenceType(),
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003272 Kind, castExpr, castType,
Anders Carlssonf10e4142009-08-07 22:21:05 +00003273 LParenLoc, RParenLoc));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00003274}
3275
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003276/// This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a sequence
3277/// of comma binary operators.
3278Action::OwningExprResult
3279Sema::MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg EA) {
3280 Expr *expr = EA.takeAs<Expr>();
3281 ParenListExpr *E = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(expr);
3282 if (!E)
3283 return Owned(expr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003284
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003285 OwningExprResult Result(*this, E->getExpr(0));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003286
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003287 for (unsigned i = 1, e = E->getNumExprs(); i != e && !Result.isInvalid(); ++i)
3288 Result = ActOnBinOp(S, E->getExprLoc(), tok::comma, move(Result),
3289 Owned(E->getExpr(i)));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003290
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003291 return ActOnParenExpr(E->getLParenLoc(), E->getRParenLoc(), move(Result));
3292}
3293
3294Action::OwningExprResult
3295Sema::ActOnCastOfParenListExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3296 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op,
3297 QualType Ty) {
3298 ParenListExpr *PE = (ParenListExpr *)Op.get();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003299
3300 // If this is an altivec initializer, '(' type ')' '(' init, ..., init ')'
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003301 // then handle it as such.
3302 if (getLangOptions().AltiVec && Ty->isVectorType()) {
3303 if (PE->getNumExprs() == 0) {
3304 Diag(PE->getExprLoc(), diag::err_altivec_empty_initializer);
3305 return ExprError();
3306 }
3307
3308 llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> initExprs;
3309 for (unsigned i = 0, e = PE->getNumExprs(); i != e; ++i)
3310 initExprs.push_back(PE->getExpr(i));
3311
3312 // FIXME: This means that pretty-printing the final AST will produce curly
3313 // braces instead of the original commas.
3314 Op.release();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003315 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LParenLoc, &initExprs[0],
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003316 initExprs.size(), RParenLoc);
3317 E->setType(Ty);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003318 return ActOnCompoundLiteral(LParenLoc, Ty.getAsOpaquePtr(), RParenLoc,
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003319 Owned(E));
3320 } else {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003321 // This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003322 // sequence of BinOp comma operators.
3323 Op = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Op));
3324 return ActOnCastExpr(S, LParenLoc, Ty.getAsOpaquePtr(), RParenLoc,move(Op));
3325 }
3326}
3327
3328Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L,
3329 SourceLocation R,
3330 MultiExprArg Val) {
3331 unsigned nexprs = Val.size();
3332 Expr **exprs = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(Val.release());
3333 assert((exprs != 0) && "ActOnParenListExpr() missing expr list");
3334 Expr *expr = new (Context) ParenListExpr(Context, L, exprs, nexprs, R);
3335 return Owned(expr);
3336}
3337
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00003338/// Note that lhs is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension.
3339/// In that case, lhs = cond.
Chris Lattner2c486602009-02-18 04:38:20 +00003340/// C99 6.5.15
3341QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands(Expr *&Cond, Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS,
3342 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003343 // C++ is sufficiently different to merit its own checker.
3344 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
3345 return CXXCheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
3346
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003347 UsualUnaryConversions(Cond);
3348 UsualUnaryConversions(LHS);
3349 UsualUnaryConversions(RHS);
3350 QualType CondTy = Cond->getType();
3351 QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType();
3352 QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType();
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00003353
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00003354 // first, check the condition.
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003355 if (!CondTy->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.5.15p2
3356 Diag(Cond->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
3357 << CondTy;
3358 return QualType();
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00003359 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003360
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003361 // Now check the two expressions.
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003362 if (LHSTy->isVectorType() || RHSTy->isVectorType())
3363 return CheckVectorOperands(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS);
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00003364
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003365 // If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions
3366 // to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5.
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003367 if (LHSTy->isArithmeticType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType()) {
3368 UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
3369 return LHS->getType();
Steve Naroffdbd9e892007-07-17 00:58:39 +00003370 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003371
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003372 // If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that
3373 // type.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003374 if (const RecordType *LHSRT = LHSTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { // C99 6.5.15p3
3375 if (const RecordType *RHSRT = RHSTy->getAs<RecordType>())
Chris Lattner2ab40a62007-11-26 01:40:58 +00003376 if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl())
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003377 // "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003378 // that type." This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped.
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003379 return LHSTy.getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00003380 // FIXME: Type of conditional expression must be complete in C mode.
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00003381 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003382
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003383 // C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type."
Steve Naroffbf1516c2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00003384 // The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism).
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003385 if (LHSTy->isVoidType() || RHSTy->isVoidType()) {
3386 if (!LHSTy->isVoidType())
3387 Diag(RHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
3388 << RHS->getSourceRange();
3389 if (!RHSTy->isVoidType())
3390 Diag(LHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
3391 << LHS->getSourceRange();
3392 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, Context.VoidTy);
3393 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman3e1852f2008-06-04 19:47:51 +00003394 return Context.VoidTy;
Steve Naroffbf1516c2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00003395 }
Steve Naroff039ad3c2008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003396 // C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has
3397 // the type of the other operand."
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003398 if ((LHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || LHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00003399 RHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003400 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy); // promote the null to a pointer.
3401 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroff039ad3c2008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003402 }
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003403 if ((RHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00003404 LHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003405 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy); // promote the null to a pointer.
3406 return RHSTy;
Steve Naroff039ad3c2008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003407 }
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003408 // Handle things like Class and struct objc_class*. Here we case the result
3409 // to the pseudo-builtin, because that will be implicitly cast back to the
3410 // redefinition type if an attempt is made to access its fields.
3411 if (LHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
3412 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) {
3413 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy);
3414 return LHSTy;
3415 }
3416 if (RHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
3417 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) {
3418 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy);
3419 return RHSTy;
3420 }
3421 // And the same for struct objc_object* / id
3422 if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
3423 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType)) {
3424 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy);
3425 return LHSTy;
3426 }
3427 if (RHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
3428 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType)) {
3429 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy);
3430 return RHSTy;
3431 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003432 // Handle block pointer types.
3433 if (LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
3434 if (!LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || !RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
3435 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() || RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
3436 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003437 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003438 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType);
3439 return destType;
3440 }
3441 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3442 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3443 return QualType();
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003444 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003445 // We have 2 block pointer types.
3446 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3447 // Two identical block pointer types are always compatible.
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003448 return LHSTy;
3449 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003450 // The block pointer types aren't identical, continue checking.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003451 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3452 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003453
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003454 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
3455 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003456 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
3457 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3458 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
3459 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
3460 // to get a consistent AST.
3461 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
3462 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
3463 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
3464 return incompatTy;
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00003465 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003466 // The block pointer types are compatible.
3467 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy);
3468 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy);
Steve Naroffea4c7802009-04-08 17:05:15 +00003469 return LHSTy;
3470 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003471 // Check constraints for Objective-C object pointers types.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003472 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003473
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003474 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3475 // Two identical object pointer types are always compatible.
3476 return LHSTy;
3477 }
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003478 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
3479 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003480 QualType compositeType = LHSTy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003481
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003482 // If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be
3483 // assigned to the other, use that type as the composite
3484 // type. This allows
3485 // xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b
3486 // where B is a subclass of A.
3487 //
3488 // Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id'
3489 // allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are
3490 // incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite
3491 // type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to.
3492
3493 // FIXME: Consider unifying with 'areComparableObjCPointerTypes'.
3494 // It could return the composite type.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003495 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)) {
Fariborz Jahaniana83c0162009-08-22 22:27:17 +00003496 compositeType = RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? RHSTy : LHSTy;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003497 } else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT)) {
Fariborz Jahaniana83c0162009-08-22 22:27:17 +00003498 compositeType = LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? LHSTy : RHSTy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003499 } else if ((LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003500 RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003501 Context.ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(LHSTy, RHSTy, true)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003502 // Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003503 // GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to
3504 // id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be
3505 // part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible.
3506 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
3507 } else if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() || RHSTy->isObjCIdType()) {
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003508 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
3509 } else {
3510 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3511 << LHSTy << RHSTy
3512 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3513 QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType();
3514 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
3515 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
3516 return incompatTy;
3517 }
3518 // The object pointer types are compatible.
3519 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType);
3520 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType);
3521 return compositeType;
3522 }
Steve Naroff85d97152009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003523 // Check Objective-C object pointer types and 'void *'
3524 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003525 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003526 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003527 QualType destPointee
3528 = Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff85d97152009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003529 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
3530 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
3531 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
3532 return destType;
3533 }
3534 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003535 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003536 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003537 QualType destPointee
3538 = Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff85d97152009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003539 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
3540 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
3541 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // promote to void*
3542 return destType;
3543 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003544 // Check constraints for C object pointers types (C99 6.5.15p3,6).
3545 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isPointerType()) {
3546 // get the "pointed to" types
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003547 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3548 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003549
3550 // ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6)
3551 if (lhptee->isVoidType() && rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
3552 // Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6)
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003553 QualType destPointee
3554 = Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003555 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
3556 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
3557 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
3558 return destType;
3559 }
3560 if (rhptee->isVoidType() && lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003561 QualType destPointee
3562 = Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003563 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
3564 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
3565 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
3566 return destType;
3567 }
3568
3569 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3570 // Two identical pointer types are always compatible.
3571 return LHSTy;
3572 }
3573 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
3574 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
3575 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
3576 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3577 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
3578 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
3579 // to get a consistent AST.
3580 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
3581 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
3582 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
3583 return incompatTy;
3584 }
3585 // The pointer types are compatible.
3586 // C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types *or* to
3587 // differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is
3588 // a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the *composite*
3589 // type.
3590 // FIXME: Need to calculate the composite type.
3591 // FIXME: Need to add qualifiers
3592 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy);
3593 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy);
3594 return LHSTy;
3595 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003596
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003597 // GCC compatibility: soften pointer/integer mismatch.
3598 if (RHSTy->isPointerType() && LHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
3599 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
3600 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3601 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy); // promote the integer to a pointer.
3602 return RHSTy;
3603 }
3604 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
3605 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
3606 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3607 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy); // promote the integer to a pointer.
3608 return LHSTy;
3609 }
Daniel Dunbar484603b2008-09-11 23:12:46 +00003610
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003611 // Otherwise, the operands are not compatible.
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003612 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3613 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00003614 return QualType();
Steve Narofff8a28c52007-05-15 20:29:32 +00003615}
3616
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003617/// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00003618/// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003619Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
3620 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
3621 ExprArg Cond, ExprArg LHS,
3622 ExprArg RHS) {
3623 Expr *CondExpr = (Expr *) Cond.get();
3624 Expr *LHSExpr = (Expr *) LHS.get(), *RHSExpr = (Expr *) RHS.get();
Chris Lattner2ab40a62007-11-26 01:40:58 +00003625
3626 // If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS
3627 // was the condition.
3628 bool isLHSNull = LHSExpr == 0;
3629 if (isLHSNull)
3630 LHSExpr = CondExpr;
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003631
3632 QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(CondExpr, LHSExpr,
Chris Lattnerdaaa9f22007-07-16 21:39:03 +00003633 RHSExpr, QuestionLoc);
Steve Narofff8a28c52007-05-15 20:29:32 +00003634 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003635 return ExprError();
3636
3637 Cond.release();
3638 LHS.release();
3639 RHS.release();
Douglas Gregor7e112b02009-08-26 14:37:04 +00003640 return Owned(new (Context) ConditionalOperator(CondExpr, QuestionLoc,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003641 isLHSNull ? 0 : LHSExpr,
Douglas Gregor7e112b02009-08-26 14:37:04 +00003642 ColonLoc, RHSExpr, result));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00003643}
3644
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00003645// CheckPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003646// being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00003647// routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee.
3648// This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3].
3649// FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003650Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003651Sema::CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00003652 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003653
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003654 if ((lhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
3655 (rhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) ||
3656 (rhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
3657 (lhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType))) {
3658 return Compatible;
3659 }
3660
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00003661 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003662 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3663 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003664
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00003665 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003666 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
3667 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00003668
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003669 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003670
3671 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints
3672 // 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the
3673 // qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right;
Fariborz Jahanianece85822009-02-17 18:27:45 +00003674 // FIXME: Handle ExtQualType
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003675 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003676 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00003677
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003678 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or
3679 // incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00003680 // version of void...
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003681 if (lhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003682 if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003683 return ConvTy;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003684
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003685 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003686 assert(rhptee->isFunctionType());
3687 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003688 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003689
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003690 if (rhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003691 if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003692 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003693
3694 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003695 assert(lhptee->isFunctionType());
3696 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003697 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003698 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00003699 // unqualified versions of compatible types, ...
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003700 lhptee = lhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
3701 rhptee = rhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
3702 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee)) {
3703 // Check if the pointee types are compatible ignoring the sign.
3704 // We explicitly check for char so that we catch "char" vs
3705 // "unsigned char" on systems where "char" is unsigned.
3706 if (lhptee->isCharType()) {
3707 lhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
3708 } else if (lhptee->isSignedIntegerType()) {
3709 lhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhptee);
3710 }
3711 if (rhptee->isCharType()) {
3712 rhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
3713 } else if (rhptee->isSignedIntegerType()) {
3714 rhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(rhptee);
3715 }
3716 if (lhptee == rhptee) {
3717 // Types are compatible ignoring the sign. Qualifier incompatibility
3718 // takes priority over sign incompatibility because the sign
3719 // warning can be disabled.
3720 if (ConvTy != Compatible)
3721 return ConvTy;
3722 return IncompatiblePointerSign;
3723 }
3724 // General pointer incompatibility takes priority over qualifiers.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003725 return IncompatiblePointer;
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003726 }
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003727 return ConvTy;
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00003728}
3729
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003730/// CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two
3731/// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer
3732/// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer
3733// types.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003734Sema::AssignConvertType
3735Sema::CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType,
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003736 QualType rhsType) {
3737 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003738
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003739 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003740 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3741 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003742
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003743 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
3744 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
3745 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003746
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003747 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003748
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003749 // For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical.
3750 if (lhptee.getCVRQualifiers() != rhptee.getCVRQualifiers())
3751 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003752
Eli Friedmana6638ca2009-06-08 05:08:54 +00003753 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee))
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003754 return IncompatibleBlockPointer;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003755 return ConvTy;
3756}
3757
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003758/// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently
3759/// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking
Steve Naroff17f76e02007-05-03 21:03:48 +00003760/// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings:
3761///
3762/// int a, *pint;
3763/// short *pshort;
3764/// struct foo *pfoo;
3765///
3766/// pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
3767/// a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast
3768/// pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast
3769/// pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
3770///
3771/// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003772/// C99 spec dictates.
Steve Naroff17f76e02007-05-03 21:03:48 +00003773///
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003774Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003775Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003776 // Get canonical types. We're not formatting these types, just comparing
3777 // them.
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003778 lhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(lhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
3779 rhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(rhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003780
3781 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerf5c973d2008-01-07 17:51:46 +00003782 return Compatible; // Common case: fast path an exact match.
Steve Naroff44fd8ff2007-07-24 21:46:40 +00003783
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003784 if ((lhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
3785 (rhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) ||
3786 (rhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
3787 (lhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType))) {
3788 return Compatible;
3789 }
3790
Douglas Gregor6b754842008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003791 // If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a
3792 // (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C,
3793 // e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case,
3794 // just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the
3795 // right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting
3796 // lhsType so that the resulting expression does not have reference
3797 // type.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003798 if (const ReferenceType *lhsTypeRef = lhsType->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
Douglas Gregor6b754842008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003799 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsTypeRef->getPointeeType(), rhsType))
Anders Carlsson24ebce62007-10-12 23:56:29 +00003800 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003801 return Incompatible;
Fariborz Jahaniana1e34202007-12-19 17:45:58 +00003802 }
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003803 // Allow scalar to ExtVector assignments, and assignments of an ExtVector type
3804 // to the same ExtVector type.
3805 if (lhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
3806 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType())
3807 return lhsType == rhsType ? Compatible : Incompatible;
3808 if (!rhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
3809 return Compatible;
3810 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003811
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003812 if (lhsType->isVectorType() || rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003813 // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003814 // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast;
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003815 // no bits are changed but the result type is different.
Chris Lattner881a2122008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003816 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions &&
3817 lhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003818 if (Context.getTypeSize(lhsType) == Context.getTypeSize(rhsType))
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003819 return IncompatibleVectors;
Chris Lattner881a2122008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003820 }
3821 return Incompatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003822 }
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003823
Chris Lattner881a2122008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003824 if (lhsType->isArithmeticType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003825 return Compatible;
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003826
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003827 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003828 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003829 return IntToPointer;
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003830
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003831 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType))
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003832 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003833
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003834 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003835 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003836 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
3837 return Compatible;
3838 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003839 }
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003840 if (rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
3841 if (lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregore7dd1452008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003842 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003843
3844 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003845 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && lhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003846 return Compatible;
3847 }
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003848 return Incompatible;
3849 }
3850
3851 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType)) {
3852 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Eli Friedman8163b7a2009-02-25 04:20:42 +00003853 return IntToBlockPointer;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003854
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003855 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003856 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && rhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003857 return Compatible;
3858
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003859 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
3860 return CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003861
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003862 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003863 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregore7dd1452008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003864 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003865 }
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003866 return Incompatible;
3867 }
3868
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003869 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(lhsType)) {
3870 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
3871 return IntToPointer;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003872
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003873 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003874 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003875 if (rhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
3876 return Compatible;
3877 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003878 }
3879 if (rhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00003880 if (lhsType->isObjCBuiltinType() || rhsType->isObjCBuiltinType())
3881 return Compatible;
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003882 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
3883 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003884 if (lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
3885 return IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId;
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003886 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003887 }
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003888 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003889 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
3890 return Compatible;
3891 }
3892 // Treat block pointers as objects.
3893 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
3894 return Compatible;
3895 return Incompatible;
3896 }
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003897 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003898 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003899 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
3900 return Compatible;
3901
3902 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003903 return PointerToInt;
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003904
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003905 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType))
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003906 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003907
3908 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003909 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregore7dd1452008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003910 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003911 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003912 }
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003913 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
3914 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
3915 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
3916 return Compatible;
3917
3918 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
3919 return PointerToInt;
3920
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003921 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003922 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003923 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
3924 return Compatible;
3925 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003926 }
3927 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003928 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003929 return Compatible;
3930 return Incompatible;
3931 }
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003932
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003933 if (isa<TagType>(lhsType) && isa<TagType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003934 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003935 return Compatible;
Bill Wendling216423b2007-05-30 06:30:29 +00003936 }
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003937 return Incompatible;
Steve Naroff9eb24652007-05-02 21:58:15 +00003938}
3939
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003940/// \brief Constructs a transparent union from an expression that is
3941/// used to initialize the transparent union.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003942static void ConstructTransparentUnion(ASTContext &C, Expr *&E,
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003943 QualType UnionType, FieldDecl *Field) {
3944 // Build an initializer list that designates the appropriate member
3945 // of the transparent union.
3946 InitListExpr *Initializer = new (C) InitListExpr(SourceLocation(),
3947 &E, 1,
3948 SourceLocation());
3949 Initializer->setType(UnionType);
3950 Initializer->setInitializedFieldInUnion(Field);
3951
3952 // Build a compound literal constructing a value of the transparent
3953 // union type from this initializer list.
3954 E = new (C) CompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation(), UnionType, Initializer,
3955 false);
3956}
3957
3958Sema::AssignConvertType
3959Sema::CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, Expr *&rExpr) {
3960 QualType FromType = rExpr->getType();
3961
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003962 // If the ArgType is a Union type, we want to handle a potential
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003963 // transparent_union GCC extension.
3964 const RecordType *UT = ArgType->getAsUnionType();
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00003965 if (!UT || !UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>())
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003966 return Incompatible;
3967
3968 // The field to initialize within the transparent union.
3969 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
3970 FieldDecl *InitField = 0;
3971 // It's compatible if the expression matches any of the fields.
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003972 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(),
3973 itend = UD->field_end();
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003974 it != itend; ++it) {
3975 if (it->getType()->isPointerType()) {
3976 // If the transparent union contains a pointer type, we allow:
3977 // 1) void pointer
3978 // 2) null pointer constant
3979 if (FromType->isPointerType())
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003980 if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003981 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType());
3982 InitField = *it;
3983 break;
3984 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003985
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00003986 if (rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
3987 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003988 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType());
3989 InitField = *it;
3990 break;
3991 }
3992 }
3993
3994 if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(it->getType(), rExpr->getType())
3995 == Compatible) {
3996 InitField = *it;
3997 break;
3998 }
3999 }
4000
4001 if (!InitField)
4002 return Incompatible;
4003
4004 ConstructTransparentUnion(Context, rExpr, ArgType, InitField);
4005 return Compatible;
4006}
4007
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004008Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004009Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, Expr *&rExpr) {
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004010 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4011 if (!lhsType->isRecordType()) {
4012 // C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the
4013 // expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the
4014 // cv-unqualified type of the left operand.
Douglas Gregor47d3f272008-12-19 17:40:08 +00004015 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rExpr, lhsType.getUnqualifiedType(),
4016 "assigning"))
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004017 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattner0d5640c2009-04-12 09:02:39 +00004018 return Compatible;
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004019 }
4020
4021 // FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C
4022 // structures.
4023 }
4024
Steve Naroff0ee0b0a2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00004025 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is
4026 // a null pointer constant.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004027 if ((lhsType->isPointerType() ||
4028 lhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004029 lhsType->isBlockPointerType())
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004030 && rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4031 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Chris Lattnera65e1f32008-01-16 19:17:22 +00004032 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType);
Steve Naroff0ee0b0a2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00004033 return Compatible;
4034 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004035
Chris Lattnere6dcd502007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004036 // This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004037 // conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all
Steve Naroff30d242c2007-09-15 18:49:24 +00004038 // DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdentifierExpr), it would mess up the unary
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004039 // expressions that surpress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof).
Chris Lattnere6dcd502007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004040 //
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004041 // Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5.
Chris Lattnere6dcd502007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004042 if (!lhsType->isReferenceType())
4043 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(rExpr);
Steve Naroff0c1c7ed2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004044
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004045 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
4046 CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rExpr->getType());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004047
Steve Naroff0c1c7ed2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004048 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the
4049 // type of the assignment expression.
Douglas Gregor6b754842008-10-28 00:22:11 +00004050 // CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference,
4051 // so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C.
4052 // The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression
4053 // does not have reference type.
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004054 if (result != Incompatible && rExpr->getType() != lhsType)
Douglas Gregor6b754842008-10-28 00:22:11 +00004055 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType.getNonReferenceType());
Steve Naroff0c1c7ed2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004056 return result;
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004057}
4058
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004059QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) {
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004060 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands)
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004061 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004062 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004063 return QualType();
Steve Naroff6f49f5d2007-05-29 14:23:36 +00004064}
4065
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004066inline QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex,
Steve Naroff7a5af782007-07-13 16:58:59 +00004067 Expr *&rex) {
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004068 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Nate Begeman002e4bd2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00004069 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004070 QualType lhsType =
4071 Context.getCanonicalType(lex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
4072 QualType rhsType =
4073 Context.getCanonicalType(rex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004074
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004075 // If the vector types are identical, return.
Nate Begeman002e4bd2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00004076 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Steve Naroff84ff4b42007-07-09 21:31:10 +00004077 return lhsType;
Nate Begeman330aaa72007-12-30 02:59:45 +00004078
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004079 // Handle the case of a vector & extvector type of the same size and element
4080 // type. It would be nice if we only had one vector type someday.
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004081 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions) {
4082 // FIXME: Should we warn here?
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004083 if (const VectorType *LV = lhsType->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4084 if (const VectorType *RV = rhsType->getAs<VectorType>())
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004085 if (LV->getElementType() == RV->getElementType() &&
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004086 LV->getNumElements() == RV->getNumElements()) {
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004087 return lhsType->isExtVectorType() ? lhsType : rhsType;
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004088 }
4089 }
4090 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004091
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004092 // Canonicalize the ExtVector to the LHS, remember if we swapped so we can
4093 // swap back (so that we don't reverse the inputs to a subtract, for instance.
4094 bool swapped = false;
4095 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
4096 swapped = true;
4097 std::swap(rex, lex);
4098 std::swap(rhsType, lhsType);
4099 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004100
Nate Begeman886448d2009-06-28 19:12:57 +00004101 // Handle the case of an ext vector and scalar.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004102 if (const ExtVectorType *LV = lhsType->getAs<ExtVectorType>()) {
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004103 QualType EltTy = LV->getElementType();
4104 if (EltTy->isIntegralType() && rhsType->isIntegralType()) {
4105 if (Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Nate Begeman886448d2009-06-28 19:12:57 +00004106 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType);
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004107 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
4108 return lhsType;
4109 }
4110 }
4111 if (EltTy->isRealFloatingType() && rhsType->isScalarType() &&
4112 rhsType->isRealFloatingType()) {
4113 if (Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Nate Begeman886448d2009-06-28 19:12:57 +00004114 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType);
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004115 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
4116 return lhsType;
4117 }
Nate Begeman330aaa72007-12-30 02:59:45 +00004118 }
4119 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004120
Nate Begeman886448d2009-06-28 19:12:57 +00004121 // Vectors of different size or scalar and non-ext-vector are errors.
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004122 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004123 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004124 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff84ff4b42007-07-09 21:31:10 +00004125 return QualType();
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004126}
4127
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004128inline QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004129 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Daniel Dunbar060d5e22009-01-05 22:42:10 +00004130 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004131 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004132
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004133 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004134
Steve Naroffdbd9e892007-07-17 00:58:39 +00004135 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004136 return compType;
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004137 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00004138}
4139
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004140inline QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands(
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004141 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Daniel Dunbar0d2bfec2009-01-05 22:55:36 +00004142 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4143 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
4144 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4145 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4146 }
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004147
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004148 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004149
Steve Naroffdbd9e892007-07-17 00:58:39 +00004150 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004151 return compType;
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004152 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004153}
4154
4155inline QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004156 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004157 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4158 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4159 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
4160 return compType;
4161 }
Steve Naroff7a5af782007-07-13 16:58:59 +00004162
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004163 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004164
Steve Naroffe4718892007-04-27 18:30:00 +00004165 // handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004166 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() &&
4167 rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
4168 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004169 return compType;
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004170 }
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004171
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004172 // Put any potential pointer into PExp
4173 Expr* PExp = lex, *IExp = rex;
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004174 if (IExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType())
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004175 std::swap(PExp, IExp);
4176
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004177 if (PExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004178
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004179 if (IExp->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004180 QualType PointeeTy = PExp->getType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004181
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004182 // Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types.
4183 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004184 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4185 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00004186 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregordd430f72009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004187 return QualType();
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004188 }
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004189
4190 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
4191 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4192 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004193 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004194 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4195 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
4196 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
4197 return QualType();
4198 }
4199
4200 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
4201 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
4202 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffa63372d2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00004203 } else {
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004204 // Check if we require a complete type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004205 if (((PExp->getType()->isPointerType() &&
Steve Naroffa63372d2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00004206 !PExp->getType()->isDependentType()) ||
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004207 PExp->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) &&
4208 RequireCompleteType(Loc, PointeeTy,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004209 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type)
4210 << PExp->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004211 << PExp->getType()))
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004212 return QualType();
4213 }
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004214 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
4215 if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
4216 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
4217 << PointeeTy << PExp->getSourceRange();
4218 return QualType();
4219 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004220
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004221 if (CompLHSTy) {
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +00004222 QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lex);
4223 if (LHSTy.isNull()) {
4224 LHSTy = lex->getType();
4225 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
4226 LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004227 }
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004228 *CompLHSTy = LHSTy;
4229 }
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004230 return PExp->getType();
4231 }
4232 }
4233
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004234 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00004235}
4236
Chris Lattner2a3569b2008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004237// C99 6.5.6
4238QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004239 SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
4240 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4241 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4242 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
4243 return compType;
4244 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004245
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004246 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004247
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004248 // Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004249
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004250 // Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004251 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType()
4252 && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004253 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004254 return compType;
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004255 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004256
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004257 // Either ptr - int or ptr - ptr.
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004258 if (lex->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff4eed7a12009-07-13 17:19:15 +00004259 QualType lpointee = lex->getType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004260
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004261 // The LHS must be an completely-defined object type.
Douglas Gregorf6cd9282009-01-23 00:36:41 +00004262
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004263 bool ComplainAboutVoid = false;
4264 Expr *ComplainAboutFunc = 0;
4265 if (lpointee->isVoidType()) {
4266 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4267 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
4268 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4269 return QualType();
4270 }
4271
4272 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
4273 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
4274 } else if (lpointee->isFunctionType()) {
4275 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4276 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004277 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004278 return QualType();
4279 }
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004280
4281 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
4282 ComplainAboutFunc = lex;
4283 } else if (!lpointee->isDependentType() &&
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004284 RequireCompleteType(Loc, lpointee,
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004285 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004286 << lex->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004287 << lex->getType()))
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004288 return QualType();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004289
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004290 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
4291 if (lpointee->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
4292 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
4293 << lpointee << lex->getSourceRange();
4294 return QualType();
4295 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004296
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004297 // The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type.
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004298 if (rex->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
4299 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
4300 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4301 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4302 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
4303 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004304 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004305 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
4306
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004307 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004308 return lex->getType();
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004309 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004310
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004311 // Handle pointer-pointer subtractions.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004312 if (const PointerType *RHSPTy = rex->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Eli Friedman1974e532008-02-08 01:19:44 +00004313 QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004314
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004315 // RHS must be a completely-type object type.
4316 // Handle the GNU void* extension.
4317 if (rpointee->isVoidType()) {
4318 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4319 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
4320 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4321 return QualType();
4322 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004323
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004324 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
4325 } else if (rpointee->isFunctionType()) {
4326 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4327 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004328 << rex->getType() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004329 return QualType();
4330 }
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004331
4332 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
4333 if (!ComplainAboutFunc)
4334 ComplainAboutFunc = rex;
4335 } else if (!rpointee->isDependentType() &&
4336 RequireCompleteType(Loc, rpointee,
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004337 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object)
4338 << rex->getSourceRange()
4339 << rex->getType()))
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004340 return QualType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004341
Eli Friedman168fe152009-05-16 13:54:38 +00004342 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4343 // Pointee types must be the same: C++ [expr.add]
4344 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lpointee, rpointee)) {
4345 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
4346 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
4347 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4348 return QualType();
4349 }
4350 } else {
4351 // Pointee types must be compatible C99 6.5.6p3
4352 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(
4353 Context.getCanonicalType(lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(),
4354 Context.getCanonicalType(rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) {
4355 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
4356 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
4357 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4358 return QualType();
4359 }
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004360 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004361
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004362 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
4363 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4364 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4365 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
4366 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004367 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004368 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004369
4370 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004371 return Context.getPointerDiffType();
4372 }
4373 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004374
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004375 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004376}
4377
Chris Lattner2a3569b2008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004378// C99 6.5.7
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004379QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Chris Lattner2a3569b2008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004380 bool isCompAssign) {
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004381 // C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type.
4382 if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004383 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004384
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004385 // Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer
4386 // promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +00004387 QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lex);
4388 if (LHSTy.isNull()) {
4389 LHSTy = lex->getType();
4390 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
4391 LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004392 }
Chris Lattner3c133402007-12-13 07:28:16 +00004393 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004394 ImpCastExprToType(lex, LHSTy);
4395
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004396 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004397
Ryan Flynnf53fab82009-08-07 16:20:20 +00004398 // Sanity-check shift operands
4399 llvm::APSInt Right;
4400 // Check right/shifter operand
Daniel Dunbar687fa862009-09-17 06:31:27 +00004401 if (!rex->isValueDependent() &&
4402 rex->isIntegerConstantExpr(Right, Context)) {
Ryan Flynn2f085712009-08-08 19:18:23 +00004403 if (Right.isNegative())
Ryan Flynnf53fab82009-08-07 16:20:20 +00004404 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_negative) << rex->getSourceRange();
4405 else {
4406 llvm::APInt LeftBits(Right.getBitWidth(),
4407 Context.getTypeSize(lex->getType()));
4408 if (Right.uge(LeftBits))
4409 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_gt_typewidth) << rex->getSourceRange();
4410 }
4411 }
4412
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004413 // "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand."
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004414 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00004415}
4416
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004417// C99 6.5.8, C++ [expr.rel]
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004418QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004419 unsigned OpaqueOpc, bool isRelational) {
4420 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)OpaqueOpc;
4421
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004422 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004423 return CheckVectorCompareOperands(lex, rex, Loc, isRelational);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004424
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004425 // C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4
Steve Naroff47fea352007-08-10 18:26:40 +00004426 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
4427 UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex);
4428 else {
4429 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
4430 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
4431 }
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00004432 QualType lType = lex->getType();
4433 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004434
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004435 if (!lType->isFloatingType()
4436 && !(lType->isBlockPointerType() && isRelational)) {
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004437 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
4438 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
4439 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004440 // NOTE: Don't warn about comparisons of enum constants. These can arise
Ted Kremenekde9e9682009-03-20 19:57:37 +00004441 // from macro expansions, and are usually quite deliberate.
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004442 Expr *LHSStripped = lex->IgnoreParens();
4443 Expr *RHSStripped = rex->IgnoreParens();
4444 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSStripped))
4445 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSStripped))
Ted Kremenek9ffbe412009-03-20 18:35:45 +00004446 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl() &&
4447 !isa<EnumConstantDecl>(DRL->getDecl()))
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004448 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004449
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004450 if (isa<CastExpr>(LHSStripped))
4451 LHSStripped = LHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
4452 if (isa<CastExpr>(RHSStripped))
4453 RHSStripped = RHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004454
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004455 // Warn about comparisons against a string constant (unless the other
4456 // operand is null), the user probably wants strcmp.
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004457 Expr *literalString = 0;
4458 Expr *literalStringStripped = 0;
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004459 if ((isa<StringLiteral>(LHSStripped) || isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(LHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004460 !RHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4461 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004462 literalString = lex;
4463 literalStringStripped = LHSStripped;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +00004464 } else if ((isa<StringLiteral>(RHSStripped) ||
4465 isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(RHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004466 !LHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4467 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004468 literalString = rex;
4469 literalStringStripped = RHSStripped;
4470 }
4471
4472 if (literalString) {
4473 std::string resultComparison;
4474 switch (Opc) {
4475 case BinaryOperator::LT: resultComparison = ") < 0"; break;
4476 case BinaryOperator::GT: resultComparison = ") > 0"; break;
4477 case BinaryOperator::LE: resultComparison = ") <= 0"; break;
4478 case BinaryOperator::GE: resultComparison = ") >= 0"; break;
4479 case BinaryOperator::EQ: resultComparison = ") == 0"; break;
4480 case BinaryOperator::NE: resultComparison = ") != 0"; break;
4481 default: assert(false && "Invalid comparison operator");
4482 }
4483 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_stringcompare)
4484 << isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(literalStringStripped)
4485 << literalString->getSourceRange()
Douglas Gregor170512f2009-04-01 23:51:29 +00004486 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ", ")
4487 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(lex->getLocStart(),
4488 "strcmp(")
4489 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(
4490 PP.getLocForEndOfToken(rex->getLocEnd()),
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004491 resultComparison);
4492 }
Ted Kremeneke451eae2007-10-29 16:58:49 +00004493 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004494
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004495 // The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C.
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004496 QualType ResultTy = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus? Context.BoolTy :Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004497
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004498 if (isRelational) {
4499 if (lType->isRealType() && rType->isRealType())
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004500 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004501 } else {
Ted Kremeneke2763b02007-10-29 17:13:39 +00004502 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
Ted Kremeneke2763b02007-10-29 17:13:39 +00004503 if (lType->isFloatingType()) {
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004504 assert(rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004505 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Ted Kremenekd4ecc6d2007-10-29 16:40:01 +00004506 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004507
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004508 if (lType->isArithmeticType() && rType->isArithmeticType())
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004509 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004510 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004511
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004512 bool LHSIsNull = lex->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4513 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
4514 bool RHSIsNull = rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4515 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004516
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004517 // All of the following pointer related warnings are GCC extensions, except
4518 // when handling null pointer constants. One day, we can consider making them
4519 // errors (when -pedantic-errors is enabled).
Steve Naroff808eb8f2007-08-27 04:08:11 +00004520 if (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2
Chris Lattner3a0702e2008-04-03 05:07:25 +00004521 QualType LCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004522 Context.getCanonicalType(lType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Chris Lattner3a0702e2008-04-03 05:07:25 +00004523 QualType RCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004524 Context.getCanonicalType(rType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004525
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004526 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Eli Friedman16c209612009-08-23 00:27:47 +00004527 if (LCanPointeeTy == RCanPointeeTy)
4528 return ResultTy;
4529
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004530 // C++ [expr.rel]p2:
4531 // [...] Pointer conversions (4.10) and qualification
4532 // conversions (4.4) are performed on pointer operands (or on
4533 // a pointer operand and a null pointer constant) to bring
4534 // them to their composite pointer type. [...]
4535 //
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004536 // C++ [expr.eq]p1 uses the same notion for (in)equality
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004537 // comparisons of pointers.
Douglas Gregorb8420462009-05-05 04:50:50 +00004538 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex);
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004539 if (T.isNull()) {
4540 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4541 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4542 return QualType();
4543 }
4544
4545 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T);
4546 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T);
4547 return ResultTy;
4548 }
Eli Friedman16c209612009-08-23 00:27:47 +00004549 // C99 6.5.9p2 and C99 6.5.8p2
4550 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(),
4551 RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType())) {
4552 // Valid unless a relational comparison of function pointers
4553 if (isRelational && LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
4554 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_function_pointers)
4555 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4556 }
4557 } else if (!isRelational &&
4558 (LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() || RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType())) {
4559 // Valid unless comparison between non-null pointer and function pointer
4560 if ((LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType() || RCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType())
4561 && !LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
4562 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_fptr_to_void)
4563 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4564 }
4565 } else {
4566 // Invalid
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004567 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004568 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff75c17232007-06-13 21:41:08 +00004569 }
Eli Friedman16c209612009-08-23 00:27:47 +00004570 if (LCanPointeeTy != RCanPointeeTy)
4571 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004572 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffcdee44c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00004573 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004574
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004575 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004576 // Comparison of pointers with null pointer constants and equality
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004577 // comparisons of member pointers to null pointer constants.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004578 if (RHSIsNull &&
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004579 (lType->isPointerType() ||
4580 (!isRelational && lType->isMemberPointerType()))) {
Anders Carlsson83133d92009-08-24 18:03:14 +00004581 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer);
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004582 return ResultTy;
4583 }
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004584 if (LHSIsNull &&
4585 (rType->isPointerType() ||
4586 (!isRelational && rType->isMemberPointerType()))) {
Anders Carlsson83133d92009-08-24 18:03:14 +00004587 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer);
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004588 return ResultTy;
4589 }
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004590
4591 // Comparison of member pointers.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004592 if (!isRelational &&
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004593 lType->isMemberPointerType() && rType->isMemberPointerType()) {
4594 // C++ [expr.eq]p2:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004595 // In addition, pointers to members can be compared, or a pointer to
4596 // member and a null pointer constant. Pointer to member conversions
4597 // (4.11) and qualification conversions (4.4) are performed to bring
4598 // them to a common type. If one operand is a null pointer constant,
4599 // the common type is the type of the other operand. Otherwise, the
4600 // common type is a pointer to member type similar (4.4) to the type
4601 // of one of the operands, with a cv-qualification signature (4.4)
4602 // that is the union of the cv-qualification signatures of the operand
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004603 // types.
4604 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex);
4605 if (T.isNull()) {
4606 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4607 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4608 return QualType();
4609 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004610
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004611 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T);
4612 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T);
4613 return ResultTy;
4614 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004615
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004616 // Comparison of nullptr_t with itself.
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004617 if (lType->isNullPtrType() && rType->isNullPtrType())
4618 return ResultTy;
4619 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004620
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004621 // Handle block pointer types.
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004622 if (!isRelational && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004623 QualType lpointee = lType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4624 QualType rpointee = rType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004625
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004626 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull &&
Eli Friedmana6638ca2009-06-08 05:08:54 +00004627 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lpointee, rpointee)) {
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004628 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004629 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004630 }
4631 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004632 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004633 }
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004634 // Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants.
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004635 if (!isRelational
4636 && ((lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isPointerType())
4637 || (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()))) {
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004638 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004639 if (!((rType->isPointerType() && rType->getAs<PointerType>()
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004640 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004641 || (lType->isPointerType() && lType->getAs<PointerType>()
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004642 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())))
4643 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
4644 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004645 }
4646 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004647 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004648 }
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004649
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004650 if ((lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || rType->isObjCObjectPointerType())) {
Steve Naroff1d4a9a32008-10-27 10:33:19 +00004651 if (lType->isPointerType() || rType->isPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004652 const PointerType *LPT = lType->getAs<PointerType>();
4653 const PointerType *RPT = rType->getAs<PointerType>();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004654 bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ?
Steve Naroff753567f2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004655 Context.getCanonicalType(LPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004656 bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ?
Steve Naroff753567f2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004657 Context.getCanonicalType(RPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004658
Steve Naroff753567f2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004659 if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid &&
4660 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004661 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004662 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff1d4a9a32008-10-27 10:33:19 +00004663 }
Daniel Dunbar340b5dd2008-10-23 23:30:52 +00004664 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004665 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffea54d9e2008-10-20 18:19:10 +00004666 }
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004667 if (lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && rType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00004668 if (!Context.areComparableObjCPointerTypes(lType, rType))
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004669 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4670 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffb788d9b2008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004671 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004672 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffb788d9b2008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004673 }
Fariborz Jahanian134cbef2007-12-20 01:06:58 +00004674 }
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004675 if (lType->isAnyPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00004676 unsigned DiagID = 0;
4677 if (RHSIsNull) {
4678 if (isRelational)
4679 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero;
4680 } else if (isRelational)
4681 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
4682 else
4683 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004684
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00004685 if (DiagID) {
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00004686 Diag(Loc, DiagID)
Chris Lattnerd466ea12009-06-30 06:24:05 +00004687 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00004688 }
Chris Lattnera65e1f32008-01-16 19:17:22 +00004689 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004690 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffcdee44c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00004691 }
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004692 if (lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isAnyPointerType()) {
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00004693 unsigned DiagID = 0;
4694 if (LHSIsNull) {
4695 if (isRelational)
4696 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero;
4697 } else if (isRelational)
4698 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
4699 else
4700 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004701
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00004702 if (DiagID) {
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00004703 Diag(Loc, DiagID)
Chris Lattnerd466ea12009-06-30 06:24:05 +00004704 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00004705 }
Chris Lattnera65e1f32008-01-16 19:17:22 +00004706 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004707 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00004708 }
Steve Naroff4b191572008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004709 // Handle block pointers.
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004710 if (!isRelational && RHSIsNull
4711 && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Steve Naroff4b191572008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004712 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004713 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4b191572008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004714 }
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004715 if (!isRelational && LHSIsNull
4716 && lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff4b191572008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004717 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004718 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4b191572008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004719 }
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004720 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00004721}
4722
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004723/// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004724/// operates on extended vector types. Instead of producing an IntTy result,
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004725/// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer
4726/// types.
4727QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004728 SourceLocation Loc,
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004729 bool isRelational) {
4730 // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width,
4731 // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type.
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004732 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004733 if (vType.isNull())
4734 return vType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004735
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004736 QualType lType = lex->getType();
4737 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004738
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004739 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
4740 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
4741 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
4742 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) {
4743 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(lex->IgnoreParens()))
4744 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(rex->IgnoreParens()))
4745 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004746 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004747 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004748
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004749 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
4750 if (!isRelational && lType->isFloatingType()) {
4751 assert (rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004752 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004753 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004754
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004755 // Return the type for the comparison, which is the same as vector type for
4756 // integer vectors, or an integer type of identical size and number of
4757 // elements for floating point vectors.
4758 if (lType->isIntegerType())
4759 return lType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004760
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004761 const VectorType *VTy = lType->getAs<VectorType>();
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004762 unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(VTy->getElementType());
Nate Begeman2f2bdeb2009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004763 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy))
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004764 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements());
Chris Lattner5d688962009-03-31 07:46:52 +00004765 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy))
Nate Begeman2f2bdeb2009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004766 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
4767
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004768 assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) &&
Nate Begeman2f2bdeb2009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004769 "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare");
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004770 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
4771}
4772
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004773inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands(
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004774 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Steve Naroff94a5aca2007-07-16 22:23:01 +00004775 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004776 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004777
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004778 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004779
Steve Naroffdbd9e892007-07-17 00:58:39 +00004780 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004781 return compType;
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004782 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00004783}
4784
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004785inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004786 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc) {
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00004787 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
4788 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004789
Eli Friedman58639e52008-05-13 20:16:47 +00004790 if (lex->getType()->isScalarType() && rex->getType()->isScalarType())
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004791 return Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004792 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00004793}
4794
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004795/// IsReadonlyProperty - Verify that otherwise a valid l-value expression
4796/// is a read-only property; return true if so. A readonly property expression
4797/// depends on various declarations and thus must be treated specially.
4798///
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004799static bool IsReadonlyProperty(Expr *E, Sema &S) {
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004800 if (E->getStmtClass() == Expr::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass) {
4801 const ObjCPropertyRefExpr* PropExpr = cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E);
4802 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = PropExpr->getProperty()) {
4803 QualType BaseType = PropExpr->getBase()->getType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004804 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT =
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004805 BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())
4806 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = OPT->getInterfaceDecl())
4807 if (S.isPropertyReadonly(PDecl, IFace))
4808 return true;
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004809 }
4810 }
4811 return false;
4812}
4813
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004814/// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue. If not,
4815/// emit an error and return true. If so, return false.
4816static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) {
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004817 SourceLocation OrigLoc = Loc;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004818 Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(S.Context,
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004819 &Loc);
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004820 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid && IsReadonlyProperty(E, S))
4821 IsLV = Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty;
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004822 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid)
4823 return false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004824
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004825 unsigned Diag = 0;
4826 bool NeedType = false;
4827 switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2
4828 default: assert(0 && "Unknown result from isModifiableLvalue!");
4829 case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified: Diag = diag::err_typecheck_assign_const; break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004830 case Expr::MLV_ArrayType:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004831 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4832 NeedType = true;
4833 break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004834 case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004835 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4836 NeedType = true;
4837 break;
Chris Lattner9b3bbe92008-11-17 19:51:54 +00004838 case Expr::MLV_LValueCast:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004839 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported;
4840 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004841 case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004842 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4843 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004844 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType:
4845 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType:
Douglas Gregored0cfbd2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00004846 return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, E->getType(),
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00004847 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue)
4848 << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004849 case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004850 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue;
4851 break;
Steve Naroffba756cb2008-09-26 14:41:28 +00004852 case Expr::MLV_NotBlockQualified:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004853 Diag = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4854 break;
Fariborz Jahanian8a1810f2008-11-22 18:39:36 +00004855 case Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty:
4856 Diag = diag::error_readonly_property_assignment;
4857 break;
Fariborz Jahanian5118c412008-11-22 20:25:50 +00004858 case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty:
4859 Diag = diag::error_nosetter_property_assignment;
4860 break;
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004861 }
Steve Naroffad373bd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00004862
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004863 SourceRange Assign;
4864 if (Loc != OrigLoc)
4865 Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc);
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004866 if (NeedType)
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004867 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004868 else
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004869 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004870 return true;
4871}
4872
4873
4874
4875// C99 6.5.16.1
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004876QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS,
4877 SourceLocation Loc,
4878 QualType CompoundType) {
4879 // Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not.
4880 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(LHS, Loc, *this))
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004881 return QualType();
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004882
4883 QualType LHSType = LHS->getType();
4884 QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS->getType() : CompoundType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004885
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004886 AssignConvertType ConvTy;
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004887 if (CompoundType.isNull()) {
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004888 // Simple assignment "x = y".
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004889 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHS);
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004890 // Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types.
4891 if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer &&
4892 ((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(LHSType) &&
Steve Naroff79d12152009-07-16 15:41:00 +00004893 RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004894 (Context.isObjCNSObjectType(RHSType) &&
Steve Naroff79d12152009-07-16 15:41:00 +00004895 LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType())))
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004896 ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004897
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004898 // If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are
4899 // right next to each other. If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4"
4900 // instead of "x += 4".
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004901 Expr *RHSCheck = RHS;
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004902 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHSCheck))
4903 RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr();
4904 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(RHSCheck)) {
4905 if ((UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ||
4906 UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Minus) &&
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004907 Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() &&
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004908 // Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent.
Chris Lattner36c39c92009-03-08 06:51:10 +00004909 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(1) == UO->getOperatorLoc() &&
4910 // And there is a space or other character before the subexpr of the
4911 // unary +/-. We don't want to warn on "x=-1".
Chris Lattnered9f14c2009-03-09 07:11:10 +00004912 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(2) != UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart() &&
4913 UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart().isFileID()) {
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004914 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign)
4915 << (UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ? "+" : "-")
4916 << SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc());
Chris Lattner36c39c92009-03-08 06:51:10 +00004917 }
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004918 }
4919 } else {
4920 // Compound assignment "x += y"
Eli Friedmanb05c41e2009-05-16 05:56:02 +00004921 ConvTy = CheckAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHSType);
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004922 }
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004923
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004924 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, LHSType, RHSType,
4925 RHS, "assigning"))
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004926 return QualType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004927
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004928 // C99 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the
4929 // left operand unless the left operand has qualified type, in which case
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004930 // it is the unqualified version of the type of the left operand.
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004931 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: In simple assignment, the value of the right operand
4932 // is converted to the type of the assignment expression (above).
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004933 // C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004934 // operand.
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004935 return LHSType.getUnqualifiedType();
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00004936}
4937
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004938// C99 6.5.17
4939QualType Sema::CheckCommaOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattnerf6e1e302008-07-25 20:54:07 +00004940 // Comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1), but not unary conversions.
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004941 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHS);
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004942
4943 // FIXME: Check that RHS type is complete in C mode (it's legal for it to be
4944 // incomplete in C++).
4945
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004946 return RHS->getType();
Steve Naroff95af0132007-03-30 23:47:58 +00004947}
4948
Steve Naroff7a5af782007-07-13 16:58:59 +00004949/// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine
4950/// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions.
Sebastian Redle10c2c32008-12-20 09:35:34 +00004951QualType Sema::CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4952 bool isInc) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004953 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
4954 return Context.DependentTy;
4955
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004956 QualType ResType = Op->getType();
4957 assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression");
Steve Naroffd50c88e2007-04-05 21:15:20 +00004958
Sebastian Redle10c2c32008-12-20 09:35:34 +00004959 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) {
4960 // Decrement of bool is not allowed.
4961 if (!isInc) {
4962 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
4963 return QualType();
4964 }
4965 // Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated.
4966 Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_increment_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
4967 } else if (ResType->isRealType()) {
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004968 // OK!
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004969 } else if (ResType->isAnyPointerType()) {
4970 QualType PointeeTy = ResType->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004971
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004972 // C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004973 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorf6cd9282009-01-23 00:36:41 +00004974 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4975 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
4976 << Op->getSourceRange();
4977 return QualType();
4978 }
4979
4980 // Pointer to void is a GNU extension in C.
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004981 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004982 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorf6cd9282009-01-23 00:36:41 +00004983 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4984 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
4985 << Op->getType() << Op->getSourceRange();
4986 return QualType();
4987 }
4988
4989 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004990 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004991 } else if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, PointeeTy,
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004992 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004993 << Op->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004994 << ResType))
Douglas Gregordd430f72009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004995 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanianca75db72009-07-16 17:59:14 +00004996 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
4997 else if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
4998 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
4999 << PointeeTy << Op->getSourceRange();
5000 return QualType();
5001 }
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005002 } else if (ResType->isComplexType()) {
5003 // C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension.
5004 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005005 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005006 } else {
5007 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005008 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005009 return QualType();
Steve Naroff46ba1eb2007-04-03 23:13:13 +00005010 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005011 // At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type.
Steve Naroff9e1e5512007-08-23 21:37:33 +00005012 // Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue.
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005013 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(Op, OpLoc, *this))
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005014 return QualType();
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005015 return ResType;
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00005016}
5017
Anders Carlsson806700f2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005018/// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand().
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005019/// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005020/// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to
5021/// handle cases when the expression references a function designator
5022/// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples:
5023/// - &(x) => x
5024/// - &*****f => f for f a function designator.
5025/// - &s.xx => s
5026/// - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array
5027/// - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array
5028/// - &"123"[2] -> 0
5029/// - & __real__ x -> x
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00005030static NamedDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) {
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005031 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005032 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
Douglas Gregorc7acfdf2009-01-06 05:10:23 +00005033 case Stmt::QualifiedDeclRefExprClass:
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005034 return cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl();
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005035 case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005036 // If this is an arrow operator, the address is an offset from
5037 // the base's value, so the object the base refers to is
5038 // irrelevant.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005039 if (cast<MemberExpr>(E)->isArrow())
Chris Lattner48d52842007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005040 return 0;
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005041 // Otherwise, the expression refers to a part of the base
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005042 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getBase());
Anders Carlsson806700f2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005043 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00005044 // FIXME: This code shouldn't be necessary! We should catch the implicit
5045 // promotion of register arrays earlier.
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005046 Expr* Base = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase();
5047 if (ImplicitCastExpr* ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Base)) {
5048 if (ICE->getSubExpr()->getType()->isArrayType())
5049 return getPrimaryDecl(ICE->getSubExpr());
5050 }
5051 return 0;
Anders Carlsson806700f2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005052 }
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005053 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
5054 UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005055
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005056 switch(UO->getOpcode()) {
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005057 case UnaryOperator::Real:
5058 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
5059 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
5060 return getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr());
5061 default:
5062 return 0;
5063 }
5064 }
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005065 case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005066 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattner48d52842007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005067 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005068 // If the result of an implicit cast is an l-value, we care about
5069 // the sub-expression; otherwise, the result here doesn't matter.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005070 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005071 default:
5072 return 0;
5073 }
5074}
5075
5076/// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005077/// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005078/// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005079/// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the &
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00005080/// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005081/// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005082/// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type.
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005083QualType Sema::CheckAddressOfOperand(Expr *op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005084 // Make sure to ignore parentheses in subsequent checks
5085 op = op->IgnoreParens();
5086
Douglas Gregor19b8c4f2008-12-17 22:52:20 +00005087 if (op->isTypeDependent())
5088 return Context.DependentTy;
5089
Steve Naroff826e91a2008-01-13 17:10:08 +00005090 if (getLangOptions().C99) {
5091 // Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules.
5092 if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op)) {
5093 if (uOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Deref)
5094 // Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result
5095 // (assuming the deref expression is valid).
5096 return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType();
5097 }
5098 // Technically, there should be a check for array subscript
5099 // expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway.
5100 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00005101 NamedDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(op);
Chris Lattner67315442008-07-26 21:30:36 +00005102 Expr::isLvalueResult lval = op->isLvalue(Context);
Nuno Lopes17f345f2008-12-16 22:59:47 +00005103
Eli Friedmance7f9002009-05-16 23:27:50 +00005104 if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid && lval != Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
5105 // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005106 // The operand must be either an l-value or a function designator
Eli Friedmance7f9002009-05-16 23:27:50 +00005107 if (!op->getType()->isFunctionType()) {
Chris Lattner48d52842007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005108 // FIXME: emit more specific diag...
Chris Lattnerf490e152008-11-19 05:27:50 +00005109 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof)
5110 << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005111 return QualType();
5112 }
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00005113 } else if (op->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005114 // The operand cannot be a bit-field
5115 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
5116 << "bit-field" << op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +00005117 return QualType();
Nate Begemana6b47a42009-02-15 22:45:20 +00005118 } else if (isa<ExtVectorElementExpr>(op) || (isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op) &&
5119 cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op)->getBase()->getType()->isVectorType())){
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005120 // The operand cannot be an element of a vector
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005121 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
Nate Begemana6b47a42009-02-15 22:45:20 +00005122 << "vector element" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffb96e4ab62008-02-29 23:30:25 +00005123 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian385db802009-07-07 18:50:52 +00005124 } else if (isa<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(op)) {
5125 // cannot take address of a property expression.
5126 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
5127 << "property expression" << op->getSourceRange();
5128 return QualType();
Anders Carlsson3fa58d12009-09-14 23:15:26 +00005129 } else if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(op)) {
5130 // FIXME: Can LHS ever be null here?
Anders Carlsson01ccf992009-09-15 16:03:44 +00005131 if (!CheckAddressOfOperand(CO->getTrueExpr(), OpLoc).isNull())
5132 return CheckAddressOfOperand(CO->getFalseExpr(), OpLoc);
Steve Naroffb96e4ab62008-02-29 23:30:25 +00005133 } else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005134 // We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005135 // with the register storage-class specifier.
5136 if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(dcl)) {
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005137 if (vd->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Register) {
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005138 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
5139 << "register variable" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005140 return QualType();
5141 }
Douglas Gregor9b146582009-07-08 20:55:45 +00005142 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(dcl) ||
5143 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005144 return Context.OverloadTy;
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005145 } else if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor9aa8b552008-12-10 21:26:49 +00005146 // Okay: we can take the address of a field.
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005147 // Could be a pointer to member, though, if there is an explicit
5148 // scope qualifier for the class.
5149 if (isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(op)) {
5150 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005151 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
5152 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005153 Diag(OpLoc,
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005154 diag::err_cannot_form_pointer_to_member_of_reference_type)
5155 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
5156 return QualType();
5157 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005158
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005159 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
5160 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005161 }
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005162 }
Anders Carlsson5b535762009-05-16 21:43:42 +00005163 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
Nuno Lopes5773a1b2008-12-16 22:58:26 +00005164 // Okay: we can take the address of a function.
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00005165 // As above.
Anders Carlsson5b535762009-05-16 21:43:42 +00005166 if (isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(op) && MD->isInstance())
5167 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
5168 Context.getTypeDeclType(MD->getParent()).getTypePtr());
5169 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl))
Steve Narofff633d092007-04-25 19:01:39 +00005170 assert(0 && "Unknown/unexpected decl type");
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005171 }
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00005172
Eli Friedmance7f9002009-05-16 23:27:50 +00005173 if (lval == Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
5174 // Taking the address of a void variable is technically illegal, but we
5175 // allow it in cases which are otherwise valid.
5176 // Example: "extern void x; void* y = &x;".
5177 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_void) << op->getSourceRange();
5178 }
5179
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005180 // If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type".
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005181 return Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005182}
5183
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005184QualType Sema::CheckIndirectionOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005185 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
5186 return Context.DependentTy;
5187
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005188 UsualUnaryConversions(Op);
5189 QualType Ty = Op->getType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005190
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005191 // Note that per both C89 and C99, this is always legal, even if ptype is an
5192 // incomplete type or void. It would be possible to warn about dereferencing
5193 // a void pointer, but it's completely well-defined, and such a warning is
5194 // unlikely to catch any mistakes.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005195 if (const PointerType *PT = Ty->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff826e91a2008-01-13 17:10:08 +00005196 return PT->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005197
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005198 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = Ty->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
Fariborz Jahanianf15d4b62009-09-03 00:43:07 +00005199 return OPT->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005200
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005201 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer)
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005202 << Ty << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005203 return QualType();
Steve Naroff1926c832007-04-24 00:23:05 +00005204}
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005205
5206static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(
5207 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
5208 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
5209 switch (Kind) {
5210 default: assert(0 && "Unknown binop!");
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00005211 case tok::periodstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemD; break;
5212 case tok::arrowstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemI; break;
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005213 case tok::star: Opc = BinaryOperator::Mul; break;
5214 case tok::slash: Opc = BinaryOperator::Div; break;
5215 case tok::percent: Opc = BinaryOperator::Rem; break;
5216 case tok::plus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Add; break;
5217 case tok::minus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Sub; break;
5218 case tok::lessless: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shl; break;
5219 case tok::greatergreater: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shr; break;
5220 case tok::lessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::LE; break;
5221 case tok::less: Opc = BinaryOperator::LT; break;
5222 case tok::greaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::GE; break;
5223 case tok::greater: Opc = BinaryOperator::GT; break;
5224 case tok::exclaimequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::NE; break;
5225 case tok::equalequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::EQ; break;
5226 case tok::amp: Opc = BinaryOperator::And; break;
5227 case tok::caret: Opc = BinaryOperator::Xor; break;
5228 case tok::pipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::Or; break;
5229 case tok::ampamp: Opc = BinaryOperator::LAnd; break;
5230 case tok::pipepipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::LOr; break;
5231 case tok::equal: Opc = BinaryOperator::Assign; break;
5232 case tok::starequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::MulAssign; break;
5233 case tok::slashequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::DivAssign; break;
5234 case tok::percentequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::RemAssign; break;
5235 case tok::plusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AddAssign; break;
5236 case tok::minusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::SubAssign; break;
5237 case tok::lesslessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShlAssign; break;
5238 case tok::greatergreaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShrAssign; break;
5239 case tok::ampequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AndAssign; break;
5240 case tok::caretequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::XorAssign; break;
5241 case tok::pipeequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::OrAssign; break;
5242 case tok::comma: Opc = BinaryOperator::Comma; break;
5243 }
5244 return Opc;
5245}
5246
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005247static inline UnaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(
5248 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
5249 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
5250 switch (Kind) {
5251 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
5252 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreInc; break;
5253 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreDec; break;
5254 case tok::amp: Opc = UnaryOperator::AddrOf; break;
5255 case tok::star: Opc = UnaryOperator::Deref; break;
5256 case tok::plus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Plus; break;
5257 case tok::minus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Minus; break;
5258 case tok::tilde: Opc = UnaryOperator::Not; break;
5259 case tok::exclaim: Opc = UnaryOperator::LNot; break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005260 case tok::kw___real: Opc = UnaryOperator::Real; break;
5261 case tok::kw___imag: Opc = UnaryOperator::Imag; break;
Chris Lattnerd0f76512007-06-08 22:16:53 +00005262 case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UnaryOperator::Extension; break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005263 }
5264 return Opc;
5265}
5266
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005267/// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with
5268/// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports
5269/// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005270Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
5271 unsigned Op,
5272 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005273 QualType ResultTy; // Result type of the binary operator.
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005274 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)Op;
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005275 // The following two variables are used for compound assignment operators
5276 QualType CompLHSTy; // Type of LHS after promotions for computation
5277 QualType CompResultTy; // Type of computation result
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005278
5279 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005280 case BinaryOperator::Assign:
5281 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, QualType());
5282 break;
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00005283 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemD:
5284 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemI:
5285 ResultTy = CheckPointerToMemberOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc,
5286 Opc == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI);
5287 break;
5288 case BinaryOperator::Mul:
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005289 case BinaryOperator::Div:
5290 ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5291 break;
5292 case BinaryOperator::Rem:
5293 ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5294 break;
5295 case BinaryOperator::Add:
5296 ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5297 break;
5298 case BinaryOperator::Sub:
5299 ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5300 break;
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00005301 case BinaryOperator::Shl:
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005302 case BinaryOperator::Shr:
5303 ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5304 break;
5305 case BinaryOperator::LE:
5306 case BinaryOperator::LT:
5307 case BinaryOperator::GE:
5308 case BinaryOperator::GT:
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005309 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, true);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005310 break;
5311 case BinaryOperator::EQ:
5312 case BinaryOperator::NE:
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005313 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, false);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005314 break;
5315 case BinaryOperator::And:
5316 case BinaryOperator::Xor:
5317 case BinaryOperator::Or:
5318 ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5319 break;
5320 case BinaryOperator::LAnd:
5321 case BinaryOperator::LOr:
5322 ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5323 break;
5324 case BinaryOperator::MulAssign:
5325 case BinaryOperator::DivAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005326 CompResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5327 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5328 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5329 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005330 break;
5331 case BinaryOperator::RemAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005332 CompResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5333 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5334 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5335 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005336 break;
5337 case BinaryOperator::AddAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005338 CompResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
5339 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5340 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005341 break;
5342 case BinaryOperator::SubAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005343 CompResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
5344 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5345 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005346 break;
5347 case BinaryOperator::ShlAssign:
5348 case BinaryOperator::ShrAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005349 CompResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5350 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5351 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5352 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005353 break;
5354 case BinaryOperator::AndAssign:
5355 case BinaryOperator::XorAssign:
5356 case BinaryOperator::OrAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005357 CompResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5358 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5359 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5360 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005361 break;
5362 case BinaryOperator::Comma:
5363 ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5364 break;
5365 }
5366 if (ResultTy.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005367 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005368 if (CompResultTy.isNull())
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00005369 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy, OpLoc));
5370 else
5371 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy,
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005372 CompLHSTy, CompResultTy,
5373 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005374}
5375
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005376// Binary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005377Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
5378 tok::TokenKind Kind,
5379 ExprArg LHS, ExprArg RHS) {
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005380 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind);
Anders Carlssonb781bcd2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00005381 Expr *lhs = LHS.takeAs<Expr>(), *rhs = RHS.takeAs<Expr>();
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005382
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00005383 assert((lhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression");
5384 assert((rhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression");
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005385
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005386 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005387 (lhs->getType()->isOverloadableType() ||
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005388 rhs->getType()->isOverloadableType())) {
5389 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
5390 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
5391 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
5392 // the arguments.
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00005393 FunctionSet Functions;
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005394 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
5395 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
5396 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, lhs->getType(), rhs->getType(),
5397 Functions);
5398 Expr *Args[2] = { lhs, rhs };
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005399 DeclarationName OpName
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005400 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
5401 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, Args, 2, Functions);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00005402 }
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005403
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005404 // Build the (potentially-overloaded, potentially-dependent)
5405 // binary operation.
5406 return CreateOverloadedBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, Functions, lhs, rhs);
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005407 }
5408
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005409 // Build a built-in binary operation.
5410 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005411}
5412
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005413Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005414 unsigned OpcIn,
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005415 ExprArg InputArg) {
5416 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<UnaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00005417
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00005418 // FIXME: Input is modified below, but InputArg is not updated appropriately.
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005419 Expr *Input = (Expr *)InputArg.get();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005420 QualType resultType;
5421 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005422 case UnaryOperator::OffsetOf:
5423 assert(false && "Invalid unary operator");
5424 break;
5425
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005426 case UnaryOperator::PreInc:
5427 case UnaryOperator::PreDec:
Eli Friedman6aea5752009-07-22 22:25:00 +00005428 case UnaryOperator::PostInc:
5429 case UnaryOperator::PostDec:
Sebastian Redle10c2c32008-12-20 09:35:34 +00005430 resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Input, OpLoc,
Eli Friedman6aea5752009-07-22 22:25:00 +00005431 Opc == UnaryOperator::PreInc ||
5432 Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc);
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005433 break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005434 case UnaryOperator::AddrOf:
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00005435 resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(Input, OpLoc);
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005436 break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005437 case UnaryOperator::Deref:
Steve Naroffb7235642007-12-18 04:06:57 +00005438 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00005439 resultType = CheckIndirectionOperand(Input, OpLoc);
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005440 break;
5441 case UnaryOperator::Plus:
5442 case UnaryOperator::Minus:
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005443 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
5444 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005445 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5446 break;
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00005447 if (resultType->isArithmeticType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
5448 break;
5449 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6-7
5450 resultType->isEnumeralType())
5451 break;
5452 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6
5453 Opc == UnaryOperator::Plus &&
5454 resultType->isPointerType())
5455 break;
5456
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005457 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5458 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005459 case UnaryOperator::Not: // bitwise complement
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005460 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
5461 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005462 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5463 break;
Chris Lattner0d707612008-07-25 23:52:49 +00005464 // C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension.
5465 if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType())
5466 // C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation.
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005467 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005468 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner0d707612008-07-25 23:52:49 +00005469 else if (!resultType->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005470 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5471 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005472 break;
5473 case UnaryOperator::LNot: // logical negation
Steve Naroff71b59a92007-06-04 22:22:31 +00005474 // Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5).
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005475 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
5476 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005477 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5478 break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005479 if (!resultType->isScalarType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005480 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5481 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattnerbe31ed82007-06-02 19:11:33 +00005482 // LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005483 // In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8
5484 resultType = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy : Context.IntTy;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005485 break;
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005486 case UnaryOperator::Real:
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005487 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
Chris Lattner709322b2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00005488 resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(Input, OpLoc, Opc == UnaryOperator::Real);
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005489 break;
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00005490 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00005491 resultType = Input->getType();
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00005492 break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005493 }
5494 if (resultType.isNull())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005495 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005496
5497 InputArg.release();
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00005498 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Input, Opc, resultType, OpLoc));
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005499}
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00005500
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005501// Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
5502Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5503 tok::TokenKind Op, ExprArg input) {
5504 Expr *Input = (Expr*)input.get();
5505 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Op);
5506
5507 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Input->getType()->isOverloadableType()) {
5508 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
5509 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
5510 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
5511 // the arguments.
5512 FunctionSet Functions;
5513 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
5514 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
5515 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, Input->getType(), QualType(),
5516 Functions);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005517 DeclarationName OpName
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005518 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
5519 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, &Input, 1, Functions);
5520 }
5521
5522 return CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, move(input));
5523 }
5524
5525 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(input));
5526}
5527
Steve Naroff66356bd2007-09-16 14:56:35 +00005528/// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005529Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc,
5530 SourceLocation LabLoc,
5531 IdentifierInfo *LabelII) {
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00005532 // Look up the record for this label identifier.
Chris Lattner3318e862009-04-18 20:01:55 +00005533 LabelStmt *&LabelDecl = getLabelMap()[LabelII];
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005534
Daniel Dunbar88402ce2008-08-04 16:51:22 +00005535 // If we haven't seen this label yet, create a forward reference. It
5536 // will be validated and/or cleaned up in ActOnFinishFunctionBody.
Steve Naroff846b1ec2009-03-13 15:38:40 +00005537 if (LabelDecl == 0)
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00005538 LabelDecl = new (Context) LabelStmt(LabLoc, LabelII, 0);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005539
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00005540 // Create the AST node. The address of a label always has type 'void*'.
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005541 return Owned(new (Context) AddrLabelExpr(OpLoc, LabLoc, LabelDecl,
5542 Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy)));
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00005543}
5544
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005545Sema::OwningExprResult
5546Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, StmtArg substmt,
5547 SourceLocation RPLoc) { // "({..})"
5548 Stmt *SubStmt = static_cast<Stmt*>(substmt.get());
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005549 assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!");
5550 CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt);
5551
Eli Friedman52cc0162009-01-24 23:09:00 +00005552 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Chris Lattnera69b0762009-04-25 19:11:05 +00005553 if (isFileScope)
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005554 return ExprError(Diag(LPLoc, diag::err_stmtexpr_file_scope));
Eli Friedman52cc0162009-01-24 23:09:00 +00005555
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005556 // FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for
5557 // example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently.
5558 // More semantic analysis is needed.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005559
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005560 // If there are sub stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one
5561 // as the type of the stmtexpr.
5562 QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005563
Chris Lattner944d3062008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005564 if (!Compound->body_empty()) {
5565 Stmt *LastStmt = Compound->body_back();
5566 // If LastStmt is a label, skip down through into the body.
5567 while (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast<LabelStmt>(LastStmt))
5568 LastStmt = Label->getSubStmt();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005569
Chris Lattner944d3062008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005570 if (Expr *LastExpr = dyn_cast<Expr>(LastStmt))
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005571 Ty = LastExpr->getType();
Chris Lattner944d3062008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005572 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005573
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005574 // FIXME: Check that expression type is complete/non-abstract; statement
5575 // expressions are not lvalues.
5576
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005577 substmt.release();
5578 return Owned(new (Context) StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc));
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005579}
Steve Naroff78864672007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005580
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005581Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
5582 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5583 SourceLocation TypeLoc,
5584 TypeTy *argty,
5585 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
5586 unsigned NumComponents,
5587 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
5588 // FIXME: This function leaks all expressions in the offset components on
5589 // error.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00005590 // FIXME: Preserve type source info.
5591 QualType ArgTy = GetTypeFromParser(argty);
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005592 assert(!ArgTy.isNull() && "Missing type argument!");
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005593
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005594 bool Dependent = ArgTy->isDependentType();
5595
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005596 // We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first
5597 // one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents
5598 // a struct/union/class.
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005599 if (!Dependent && !ArgTy->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005600 return ExprError(Diag(TypeLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) << ArgTy);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005601
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005602 // FIXME: Type must be complete per C99 7.17p3 because a declaring a variable
5603 // with an incomplete type would be illegal.
Douglas Gregor26897462009-03-11 16:48:53 +00005604
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005605 // Otherwise, create a null pointer as the base, and iteratively process
5606 // the offsetof designators.
5607 QualType ArgTyPtr = Context.getPointerType(ArgTy);
5608 Expr* Res = new (Context) ImplicitValueInitExpr(ArgTyPtr);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005609 Res = new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::Deref,
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005610 ArgTy, SourceLocation());
Eli Friedman16c88df2009-01-26 01:33:06 +00005611
Chris Lattner78502cf2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00005612 // offsetof with non-identifier designators (e.g. "offsetof(x, a.b[c])") are a
5613 // GCC extension, diagnose them.
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005614 // FIXME: This diagnostic isn't actually visible because the location is in
5615 // a system header!
Chris Lattner78502cf2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00005616 if (NumComponents != 1)
Chris Lattnerf490e152008-11-19 05:27:50 +00005617 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::ext_offsetof_extended_field_designator)
5618 << SourceRange(CompPtr[1].LocStart, CompPtr[NumComponents-1].LocEnd);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005619
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005620 if (!Dependent) {
Eli Friedman8469bc72009-05-03 21:22:18 +00005621 bool DidWarnAboutNonPOD = false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005622
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005623 // FIXME: Dependent case loses a lot of information here. And probably
5624 // leaks like a sieve.
5625 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumComponents; ++i) {
5626 const OffsetOfComponent &OC = CompPtr[i];
5627 if (OC.isBrackets) {
5628 // Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements?
5629 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(Res->getType());
5630 if (!AT) {
5631 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005632 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type)
5633 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005634 }
5635
5636 // FIXME: C++: Verify that operator[] isn't overloaded.
5637
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005638 // Promote the array so it looks more like a normal array subscript
5639 // expression.
5640 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Res);
5641
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005642 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
5643 Expr *Idx = static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005644 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005645 if (!Idx->isTypeDependent() && !Idx->getType()->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005646 return ExprError(Diag(Idx->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattner003af242009-04-25 22:50:55 +00005647 diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005648 << Idx->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005649
5650 Res = new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(Res, Idx, AT->getElementType(),
5651 OC.LocEnd);
5652 continue;
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005653 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005654
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005655 const RecordType *RC = Res->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005656 if (!RC) {
5657 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005658 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type)
5659 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005660 }
Chris Lattner98dbf0a2007-08-30 17:59:59 +00005661
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005662 // Get the decl corresponding to this.
5663 RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl();
Anders Carlsson2bbb86b2009-05-01 23:20:30 +00005664 if (CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Anders Carlsson38ebcaa2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00005665 if (!CRD->isPOD() && !DidWarnAboutNonPOD) {
Anders Carlsson8b98d022009-05-02 17:45:47 +00005666 ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::warn_offsetof_non_pod_type)
5667 << SourceRange(CompPtr[0].LocStart, OC.LocEnd)
5668 << Res->getType());
Anders Carlsson38ebcaa2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00005669 DidWarnAboutNonPOD = true;
5670 }
Anders Carlsson2bbb86b2009-05-01 23:20:30 +00005671 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005672
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005673 FieldDecl *MemberDecl
5674 = dyn_cast_or_null<FieldDecl>(LookupQualifiedName(RD, OC.U.IdentInfo,
5675 LookupMemberName)
5676 .getAsDecl());
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005677 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005678 if (!MemberDecl)
Anders Carlsson896c2302009-08-30 00:54:35 +00005679 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member_deprecated)
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005680 << OC.U.IdentInfo << SourceRange(OC.LocStart, OC.LocEnd));
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005681
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005682 // FIXME: C++: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a static field.
5683 // FIXME: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a bitfield.
Eli Friedman64fc3c62009-04-26 20:50:44 +00005684 if (cast<RecordDecl>(MemberDecl->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
Anders Carlsson3cbc8592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00005685 Res = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(
5686 SourceLocation(), MemberDecl, Res, SourceLocation()).takeAs<Expr>();
Eli Friedman64fc3c62009-04-26 20:50:44 +00005687 } else {
5688 // MemberDecl->getType() doesn't get the right qualifiers, but it
5689 // doesn't matter here.
5690 Res = new (Context) MemberExpr(Res, false, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd,
5691 MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType());
5692 }
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005693 }
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005694 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005695
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005696 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::OffsetOf,
5697 Context.getSizeType(), BuiltinLoc));
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005698}
5699
5700
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005701Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnTypesCompatibleExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5702 TypeTy *arg1,TypeTy *arg2,
5703 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00005704 // FIXME: Preserve type source info.
5705 QualType argT1 = GetTypeFromParser(arg1);
5706 QualType argT2 = GetTypeFromParser(arg2);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005707
Steve Naroff78864672007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005708 assert((!argT1.isNull() && !argT2.isNull()) && "Missing type argument(s)");
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005709
Douglas Gregorf907cbf2009-05-19 22:28:02 +00005710 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5711 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_types_compatible_p_in_cplusplus)
5712 << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RPLoc);
5713 return ExprError();
5714 }
5715
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005716 return Owned(new (Context) TypesCompatibleExpr(Context.IntTy, BuiltinLoc,
5717 argT1, argT2, RPLoc));
Steve Naroff78864672007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005718}
5719
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005720Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5721 ExprArg cond,
5722 ExprArg expr1, ExprArg expr2,
5723 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
5724 Expr *CondExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(cond.get());
5725 Expr *LHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr1.get());
5726 Expr *RHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr2.get());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005727
Steve Naroff9efdabc2007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005728 assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)");
5729
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005730 QualType resType;
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005731 bool ValueDependent = false;
Douglas Gregor0df91122009-05-19 22:43:30 +00005732 if (CondExpr->isTypeDependent() || CondExpr->isValueDependent()) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005733 resType = Context.DependentTy;
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005734 ValueDependent = true;
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005735 } else {
5736 // The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression.
5737 llvm::APSInt condEval(32);
5738 SourceLocation ExpLoc;
5739 if (!CondExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(condEval, Context, &ExpLoc))
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005740 return ExprError(Diag(ExpLoc,
5741 diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant)
5742 << CondExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroff9efdabc2007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005743
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005744 // If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LSHExpr.
5745 resType = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->getType() : RHSExpr->getType();
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005746 ValueDependent = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->isValueDependent()
5747 : RHSExpr->isValueDependent();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005748 }
5749
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005750 cond.release(); expr1.release(); expr2.release();
5751 return Owned(new (Context) ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr,
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005752 resType, RPLoc,
5753 resType->isDependentType(),
5754 ValueDependent));
Steve Naroff9efdabc2007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005755}
5756
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005757//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5758// Clang Extensions.
5759//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5760
5761/// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started.
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005762void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *BlockScope) {
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005763 // Analyze block parameters.
5764 BlockSemaInfo *BSI = new BlockSemaInfo();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005765
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005766 // Add BSI to CurBlock.
5767 BSI->PrevBlockInfo = CurBlock;
5768 CurBlock = BSI;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005769
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00005770 BSI->ReturnType = QualType();
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005771 BSI->TheScope = BlockScope;
Mike Stumpa6703322009-02-19 22:01:56 +00005772 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = false;
Daniel Dunbarb9a68612009-07-29 01:59:17 +00005773 BSI->hasPrototype = false;
Chris Lattner45542ea2009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005774 BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5775 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005776
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005777 BSI->TheDecl = BlockDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CaretLoc);
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00005778 PushDeclContext(BlockScope, BSI->TheDecl);
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005779}
5780
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005781void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope) {
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005782 assert(ParamInfo.getIdentifier()==0 && "block-id should have no identifier!");
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005783
5784 if (ParamInfo.getNumTypeObjects() == 0
5785 || ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Function) {
Douglas Gregor758a8692009-06-17 21:51:59 +00005786 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005787 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
5788
Mike Stumpd456c482009-04-28 01:10:27 +00005789 if (T->isArrayType()) {
5790 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5791 diag::err_block_returns_array);
5792 return;
5793 }
5794
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005795 // The parameter list is optional, if there was none, assume ().
5796 if (!T->isFunctionType())
5797 T = Context.getFunctionType(T, NULL, 0, 0, 0);
5798
5799 CurBlock->hasPrototype = true;
5800 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005801 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00005802 if (CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005803 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian6802ed92009-05-15 21:18:04 +00005804 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005805 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
5806 }
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005807 QualType RetTy = T.getTypePtr()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005808
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005809 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
5810 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
5811 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5812 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
5813 return;
5814 }
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005815 return;
5816 }
5817
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005818 // Analyze arguments to block.
5819 assert(ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
5820 "Not a function declarator!");
5821 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Fun;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005822
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005823 CurBlock->hasPrototype = FTI.hasPrototype;
5824 CurBlock->isVariadic = true;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005825
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005826 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs function that takes
5827 // no arguments, not a function that takes a single void argument.
5828 if (FTI.hasPrototype &&
5829 FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
Chris Lattner83f095c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00005830 (!FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType().getCVRQualifiers()&&
5831 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType()->isVoidType())) {
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005832 // empty arg list, don't push any params.
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005833 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005834 } else if (FTI.hasPrototype) {
5835 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i)
Chris Lattner83f095c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00005836 CurBlock->Params.push_back(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>());
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005837 CurBlock->isVariadic = FTI.isVariadic;
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005838 }
Jay Foad7d0479f2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00005839 CurBlock->TheDecl->setParams(Context, CurBlock->Params.data(),
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005840 CurBlock->Params.size());
Fariborz Jahanian960910a2009-05-19 17:08:59 +00005841 CurBlock->TheDecl->setIsVariadic(CurBlock->isVariadic);
Douglas Gregor758a8692009-06-17 21:51:59 +00005842 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005843 for (BlockDecl::param_iterator AI = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_begin(),
5844 E = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end(); AI != E; ++AI)
5845 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
5846 if ((*AI)->getIdentifier())
5847 PushOnScopeChains(*AI, CurBlock->TheScope);
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005848
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005849 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005850 if (!CurBlock->isVariadic &&
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00005851 CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005852 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian6802ed92009-05-15 21:18:04 +00005853 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005854 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
5855 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005856
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005857 // Analyze the return type.
5858 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005859 QualType RetTy = T->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005860
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005861 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
5862 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
5863 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5864 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
5865 } else if (!RetTy->isDependentType())
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00005866 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy;
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005867}
5868
5869/// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
5870/// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
5871void Sema::ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
5872 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
5873 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> CC(CurBlock);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005874
Chris Lattner45542ea2009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005875 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurBlock->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5876
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005877 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
Chris Lattner41b86942009-04-21 22:38:46 +00005878 PopDeclContext();
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005879 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005880 // FIXME: Delete the ParmVarDecl objects as well???
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005881}
5882
5883/// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
5884/// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005885Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc,
5886 StmtArg body, Scope *CurScope) {
Chris Lattner9eac9312009-03-27 04:18:06 +00005887 // If blocks are disabled, emit an error.
5888 if (!LangOpts.Blocks)
5889 Diag(CaretLoc, diag::err_blocks_disable);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005890
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005891 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
5892 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> BSI(CurBlock);
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005893
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005894 PopDeclContext();
5895
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005896 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
5897 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005898
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005899 QualType RetTy = Context.VoidTy;
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00005900 if (!BSI->ReturnType.isNull())
5901 RetTy = BSI->ReturnType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005902
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005903 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
5904 for (unsigned i = 0, e = BSI->Params.size(); i != e; ++i)
5905 ArgTypes.push_back(BSI->Params[i]->getType());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005906
Mike Stump3bf1ab42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00005907 bool NoReturn = BSI->TheDecl->getAttr<NoReturnAttr>();
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005908 QualType BlockTy;
5909 if (!BSI->hasPrototype)
Mike Stump3bf1ab42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00005910 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, 0, 0, false, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
5911 NoReturn);
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005912 else
Jay Foad7d0479f2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00005913 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(),
Mike Stump3bf1ab42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00005914 BSI->isVariadic, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
5915 NoReturn);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005916
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005917 // FIXME: Check that return/parameter types are complete/non-abstract
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005918 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(BSI->Params.begin(), BSI->Params.end());
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005919 BlockTy = Context.getBlockPointerType(BlockTy);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005920
Chris Lattner45542ea2009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005921 // If needed, diagnose invalid gotos and switches in the block.
5922 if (CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking)
5923 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(static_cast<CompoundStmt*>(body.get()));
5924 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005925
Anders Carlssonb781bcd2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00005926 BSI->TheDecl->setBody(body.takeAs<CompoundStmt>());
Mike Stump3bf1ab42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00005927 CheckFallThroughForBlock(BlockTy, BSI->TheDecl->getBody());
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005928 return Owned(new (Context) BlockExpr(BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy,
5929 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs));
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005930}
5931
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005932Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5933 ExprArg expr, TypeTy *type,
5934 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00005935 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(type);
Chris Lattner56382aa2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00005936 Expr *E = static_cast<Expr*>(expr.get());
5937 Expr *OrigExpr = E;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005938
Anders Carlsson7e13ab82007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005939 InitBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedman121ba0c2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00005940
5941 // Get the va_list type
5942 QualType VaListType = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedmane2cad652009-05-16 12:46:54 +00005943 if (VaListType->isArrayType()) {
5944 // Deal with implicit array decay; for example, on x86-64,
5945 // va_list is an array, but it's supposed to decay to
5946 // a pointer for va_arg.
Eli Friedman121ba0c2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00005947 VaListType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(VaListType);
Eli Friedmane2cad652009-05-16 12:46:54 +00005948 // Make sure the input expression also decays appropriately.
5949 UsualUnaryConversions(E);
5950 } else {
5951 // Otherwise, the va_list argument must be an l-value because
5952 // it is modified by va_arg.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005953 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
Douglas Gregorad3150c2009-05-19 23:10:31 +00005954 CheckForModifiableLvalue(E, BuiltinLoc, *this))
Eli Friedmane2cad652009-05-16 12:46:54 +00005955 return ExprError();
5956 }
Eli Friedman121ba0c2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00005957
Douglas Gregorad3150c2009-05-19 23:10:31 +00005958 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
5959 !Context.hasSameType(VaListType, E->getType())) {
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005960 return ExprError(Diag(E->getLocStart(),
5961 diag::err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list)
Chris Lattner56382aa2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00005962 << OrigExpr->getType() << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner3f5cd772009-04-05 00:59:53 +00005963 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005964
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005965 // FIXME: Check that type is complete/non-abstract
Anders Carlsson7e13ab82007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005966 // FIXME: Warn if a non-POD type is passed in.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005967
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005968 expr.release();
5969 return Owned(new (Context) VAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, T.getNonReferenceType(),
5970 RPLoc));
Anders Carlsson7e13ab82007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005971}
5972
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005973Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc) {
Douglas Gregor3be4b122008-11-29 04:51:27 +00005974 // The type of __null will be int or long, depending on the size of
5975 // pointers on the target.
5976 QualType Ty;
5977 if (Context.Target.getPointerWidth(0) == Context.Target.getIntWidth())
5978 Ty = Context.IntTy;
5979 else
5980 Ty = Context.LongTy;
5981
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005982 return Owned(new (Context) GNUNullExpr(Ty, TokenLoc));
Douglas Gregor3be4b122008-11-29 04:51:27 +00005983}
5984
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005985bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
5986 SourceLocation Loc,
5987 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
5988 Expr *SrcExpr, const char *Flavor) {
5989 // Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions).
5990 bool isInvalid = false;
5991 unsigned DiagKind;
5992 switch (ConvTy) {
5993 default: assert(0 && "Unknown conversion type");
5994 case Compatible: return false;
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00005995 case PointerToInt:
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005996 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int;
5997 break;
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00005998 case IntToPointer:
5999 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer;
6000 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006001 case IncompatiblePointer:
6002 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer;
6003 break;
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00006004 case IncompatiblePointerSign:
6005 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign;
6006 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006007 case FunctionVoidPointer:
6008 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func;
6009 break;
6010 case CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers:
Douglas Gregoraa1e21d2008-09-12 00:47:35 +00006011 // If the qualifiers lost were because we were applying the
6012 // (deprecated) C++ conversion from a string literal to a char*
6013 // (or wchar_t*), then there was no error (C++ 4.2p2). FIXME:
6014 // Ideally, this check would be performed in
6015 // CheckPointerTypesForAssignment. However, that would require a
6016 // bit of refactoring (so that the second argument is an
6017 // expression, rather than a type), which should be done as part
6018 // of a larger effort to fix CheckPointerTypesForAssignment for
6019 // C++ semantics.
6020 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
6021 IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(SrcExpr, DstType))
6022 return false;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006023 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers;
6024 break;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00006025 case IntToBlockPointer:
6026 DiagKind = diag::err_int_to_block_pointer;
6027 break;
6028 case IncompatibleBlockPointer:
Mike Stumpd79b5a82009-04-21 22:51:42 +00006029 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00006030 break;
Steve Naroff8afa9892008-10-14 22:18:38 +00006031 case IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId:
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006032 // FIXME: Diagnose the problem in ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible, since
Steve Naroff8afa9892008-10-14 22:18:38 +00006033 // it can give a more specific diagnostic.
6034 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id;
6035 break;
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00006036 case IncompatibleVectors:
6037 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_vectors;
6038 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006039 case Incompatible:
6040 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible;
6041 isInvalid = true;
6042 break;
6043 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006044
Chris Lattnerf3d3fae2008-11-24 05:29:24 +00006045 Diag(Loc, DiagKind) << DstType << SrcType << Flavor
6046 << SrcExpr->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006047 return isInvalid;
6048}
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006049
Chris Lattnerc71d08b2009-04-25 21:59:05 +00006050bool Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(const Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result){
Eli Friedmanbb967cc2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00006051 llvm::APSInt ICEResult;
6052 if (E->isIntegerConstantExpr(ICEResult, Context)) {
6053 if (Result)
6054 *Result = ICEResult;
6055 return false;
6056 }
6057
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006058 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult;
6059
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006060 if (!E->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || !EvalResult.Val.isInt() ||
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006061 EvalResult.HasSideEffects) {
6062 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_expr_not_ice) << E->getSourceRange();
6063
6064 if (EvalResult.Diag) {
6065 // We only show the note if it's not the usual "invalid subexpression"
6066 // or if it's actually in a subexpression.
6067 if (EvalResult.Diag != diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_ice ||
6068 E->IgnoreParens() != EvalResult.DiagExpr->IgnoreParens())
6069 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
6070 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006071
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006072 return true;
6073 }
6074
Eli Friedmanbb967cc2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00006075 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::ext_expr_not_ice) <<
6076 E->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006077
Eli Friedmanbb967cc2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00006078 if (EvalResult.Diag &&
6079 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_expr_not_ice) != Diagnostic::Ignored)
6080 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006081
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006082 if (Result)
6083 *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
6084 return false;
6085}
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006086
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006087Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext
6088Sema::PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) {
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006089 // Introduce a new set of potentially referenced declarations to the stack.
6090 if (NewContext == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated)
6091 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.push_back(PotentiallyReferencedDecls());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006092
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006093 std::swap(ExprEvalContext, NewContext);
6094 return NewContext;
6095}
6096
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006097void
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006098Sema::PopExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext OldContext,
6099 ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) {
6100 ExprEvalContext = NewContext;
6101
6102 if (OldContext == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated) {
6103 // Mark any remaining declarations in the current position of the stack
6104 // as "referenced". If they were not meant to be referenced, semantic
6105 // analysis would have eliminated them (e.g., in ActOnCXXTypeId).
6106 PotentiallyReferencedDecls RemainingDecls;
6107 RemainingDecls.swap(PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.back());
6108 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.pop_back();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006109
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006110 for (PotentiallyReferencedDecls::iterator I = RemainingDecls.begin(),
6111 IEnd = RemainingDecls.end();
6112 I != IEnd; ++I)
6113 MarkDeclarationReferenced(I->first, I->second);
6114 }
6115}
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006116
6117/// \brief Note that the given declaration was referenced in the source code.
6118///
6119/// This routine should be invoke whenever a given declaration is referenced
6120/// in the source code, and where that reference occurred. If this declaration
6121/// reference means that the the declaration is used (C++ [basic.def.odr]p2,
6122/// C99 6.9p3), then the declaration will be marked as used.
6123///
6124/// \param Loc the location where the declaration was referenced.
6125///
6126/// \param D the declaration that has been referenced by the source code.
6127void Sema::MarkDeclarationReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D) {
6128 assert(D && "No declaration?");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006129
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00006130 if (D->isUsed())
6131 return;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006132
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006133 // Mark a parameter declaration "used", regardless of whether we're in a
6134 // template or not.
6135 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D))
6136 D->setUsed(true);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006137
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006138 // Do not mark anything as "used" within a dependent context; wait for
6139 // an instantiation.
6140 if (CurContext->isDependentContext())
6141 return;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006142
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006143 switch (ExprEvalContext) {
6144 case Unevaluated:
6145 // We are in an expression that is not potentially evaluated; do nothing.
6146 return;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006147
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006148 case PotentiallyEvaluated:
6149 // We are in a potentially-evaluated expression, so this declaration is
6150 // "used"; handle this below.
6151 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006152
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006153 case PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated:
6154 // We are in an expression that may be potentially evaluated; queue this
6155 // declaration reference until we know whether the expression is
6156 // potentially evaluated.
6157 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.back().push_back(std::make_pair(Loc, D));
6158 return;
6159 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006160
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006161 // Note that this declaration has been used.
Fariborz Jahanian3a363432009-06-22 17:30:33 +00006162 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian477d2422009-06-22 23:34:40 +00006163 unsigned TypeQuals;
Fariborz Jahanian18eb69a2009-06-22 20:37:23 +00006164 if (Constructor->isImplicit() && Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) {
6165 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
6166 DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(Loc, Constructor);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006167 } else if (Constructor->isImplicit() &&
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +00006168 Constructor->isCopyConstructor(Context, TypeQuals)) {
Fariborz Jahanian477d2422009-06-22 23:34:40 +00006169 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
6170 DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(Loc, Constructor, TypeQuals);
6171 }
Fariborz Jahanian24a175b2009-06-26 23:49:16 +00006172 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(D)) {
6173 if (Destructor->isImplicit() && !Destructor->isUsed())
6174 DefineImplicitDestructor(Loc, Destructor);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006175
Fariborz Jahanian41f79272009-06-25 21:45:19 +00006176 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
6177 if (MethodDecl->isImplicit() && MethodDecl->isOverloadedOperator() &&
6178 MethodDecl->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Equal) {
6179 if (!MethodDecl->isUsed())
6180 DefineImplicitOverloadedAssign(Loc, MethodDecl);
6181 }
6182 }
Fariborz Jahanian49796cc72009-06-24 22:09:44 +00006183 if (FunctionDecl *Function = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006184 // Implicit instantiation of function templates and member functions of
Douglas Gregor4adbc6d2009-06-26 00:10:03 +00006185 // class templates.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisddcd1322009-06-30 02:35:26 +00006186 if (!Function->getBody()) {
Douglas Gregor4adbc6d2009-06-26 00:10:03 +00006187 // FIXME: distinguish between implicit instantiations of function
6188 // templates and explicit specializations (the latter don't get
6189 // instantiated, naturally).
6190 if (Function->getInstantiatedFromMemberFunction() ||
6191 Function->getPrimaryTemplate())
Douglas Gregordda7ced2009-06-30 17:20:14 +00006192 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Function, Loc));
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00006193 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006194
6195
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006196 // FIXME: keep track of references to static functions
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006197 Function->setUsed(true);
6198 return;
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00006199 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006200
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006201 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +00006202 // Implicit instantiation of static data members of class templates.
6203 // FIXME: distinguish between implicit instantiations (which we need to
6204 // actually instantiate) and explicit specializations.
Douglas Gregor4aa04b12009-09-11 21:19:12 +00006205 // FIXME: extern templates
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006206 if (Var->isStaticDataMember() &&
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +00006207 Var->getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember())
6208 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Var, Loc));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006209
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006210 // FIXME: keep track of references to static data?
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +00006211
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006212 D->setUsed(true);
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +00006213 return;
Sam Weinigbae69142009-09-11 03:29:30 +00006214 }
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006215}